Academic year 2021 - 2022

•   AC Drives ELA18SS02-3004 07.03.2022-01.05.2022  3 credits  (ELA19D-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  To provide a basic knowledge of operating principles, commissioning and use of frequency converters.

  Prerequisites

  Power Electronics

  Content of the study unit

  - AC motor
  - the frequency converter
  - motor control
  - commissioning / use of frequency converter

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Can describe different ways of converting DC voltage to AC voltage.
  Know about different functional principles.
  Know the advantages and disadvantages of using frequency converters.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Can describe how to control the size of the AC voltage.
  Can describe the function at different load requirements.
  Can explain the advantages and disadvantages of using electrical connections.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Can explain the operation of the control circuits and make calculations at specific loads.
  Master the calculations of losses when using frequency converters.
  Can describe the appearance of harmonics and what this entails and can describe and calculate filter circuits.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  07.03.2022 - 01.05.2022

  Enrollment date range

  15.11.2021 - 07.03.2022

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA19D-V
  • ET21S-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA19-V-K (Size: 35. Open university: 0.)
  • ET21 (Size: 35. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Henrik Järveläinen

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Analog Circuits ELA18AD01-3002 03.01.2022-13.03.2022  3 credits  (ELA19D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  To provide a basic knowledge of how electronic constructions are made using the discrete components and integrated circuits that have been treated in Analog electronics.

  Prerequisites

  Analog electronics

  Content of the study unit

  - signal amplifier
  - power calculation
  - passive filters
  - active filters
  - circuit simulation program

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Know the characteristics of the operational amplifiers
  Know the principles of power calculation for active components
  Can examine passive filters

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Know the principles of the transistor amplifiers
  Can calculate power losses in active components
  Can examine active filters

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Can examine advanced amplifier circuits
  Know the principles of dimensioning cooling of components
  Can design filters according to given specifications

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  03.01.2022 - 13.03.2022

  Enrollment date range

  15.11.2021 - 09.01.2022

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA19D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA19-V-A (Size: 35. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Matts Nickull

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Analog Electronics ELA18GY09-3004 07.03.2022-01.05.2022  3 credits  (ÖH21ELALED-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  To provide a basic knowledge of the most common components in the analog electronics.

  Prerequisites

  Basics in Electrical Engineering - DC

  Content of the study unit

  - passive components
  - semiconductor materials
  - diodes
  - transistors
  - operational amplifier

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Knowing the commonly used components in analog electronics
  Knowing p- and n- doped material
  Know the most common integrated components

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Can examine basic circuits with discrete components
  Knowing the theory of the pn-junction
  Can examine basic circuits with integrated components

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Can design basic circuits with discrete components
  Know the working principle of discrete semiconductor components
  Can design basic circuits with integrated components

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  07.03.2022 - 01.05.2022

  Enrollment date range

  15.11.2021 - 07.03.2022

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ÖH21ELALED-V
  • ELA21D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA21-V-S1 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA21-V-S2 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA21-V-Y1 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA21-V-Y2 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Matts Nickull

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Applied A/D-Technology ELA18AD03-3002 03.01.2022-01.05.2022  6 credits  (ELA19D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The course deals with specification, planning, manufacturing and testing / evaluation of a given product, with emphasis on project management, time planning and interaction within the project group.

  Prerequisites

  Basics in analog and digital electronics.

  Content of the study unit

  Analysis
  Planning
  Design
  Reporting

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Has the ability to visualize problems and argue around suggestions for alternative solutions.
  Contribute with relevant knowledge and actively participate in the planning work to find a solution to the project.
  Participates actively with good knowledge and motivation to achieve a well-functioning project solution.
  Contributes actively to the reporting work and recognizes the importance of good documentation and presentation.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Has the ability to visualize problems and argue around suggestions for alternative solutions.
  Contribute with relevant knowledge and actively participate in the planning work to find a solution to the project.
  Participates actively with good knowledge and motivation to achieve a well-functioning project solution.
  Contributes actively to the reporting work and recognizes the importance of good documentation and presentation.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Has the ability to distinguish challenging problem details as well as pushing and initiative taking within the group.
  Shows active participation and has a great interest in participating in group collaboration to develop a relevant and well-structured plan for the project.
  Have the ability to, in an active and positive way, affect group dynamics into a common endeavor to realize the performance towards an optimal solution.
  Has the ability to produce well-structured documentation where methodology and critical assessment add value to the reader. Has the ability to "catch" the audience in presentations.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  03.01.2022 - 01.05.2022

  Enrollment date range

  15.11.2021 - 09.01.2022

  • 6 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA19D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA19-V-A (Size: 35. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Roger Mäntylä, Matts Nickull

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Applied Control Engineering ELA18SS03-3002 03.01.2022-13.02.2022  3 credits  (ELA19D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The goal of the course is that the student should be acquainted with the basic principles of control engineering, is able to analyse a control system, and can use and tune a PID controller.

  Prerequisites

  No requirements in advance

  Content of the study unit

  - control engineering and its applications
  - components and block schemes
  - process characteristics
  - process types and step responses
  - feedback loop systems
  - different control methods
  - PID controllers
  - tuning PID controllers

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The student is acquainted with the basic terminology of control engineering, knows the most important analysis principles of control engineering, and is able to tune a PID controller for common control objects.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The student is well acquainted with the basic terminology of control engineering, knows well methods to analyse control objects, and is able to implement PID controllers by means of different tools.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The student is able to utilize the basic terminology for structuring control engineering problems, is able to use system analysis to solve control engineering problems, is able to recognize the limitations of PID control, and knows alternative control methods.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning methods

  - lectures
  - excercises
  - laboratory work
  - individual studies

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  - Competence in the basic concept of control engineering
  - Competence in control engineering system analysis
  - Competence in PID control

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  03.01.2022 - 13.02.2022

  Enrollment date range

  15.11.2021 - 09.01.2022

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA19D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA19-V-K (Size: 20. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Joachim Böling

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Pass in exercises, laboratory work and examination

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  18.01.2022 (Preliminary)

  Student's schedule and workload

  80 working hours

  Assessment criteria

  - the basic concept of control technology is unknown a
  - lacks knowledge of regulatory technical system analysis
  - do not know the principles of PID regulation

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - know the basic concept of control technology
  - know the basic principles of control system analysis
  - know the principles of PID regulation

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - is well acquainted with the basic concept of control technology
  - is well versed in methods for analyzing control objects, controllers and control systems
  - able to implement PID controllers in different environments

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - can structure regulatory technical problems on the basis of the basic concept of control technology
  - can use system analysis to solve regulatory technical problems
  - can see PID regulation restrictions and is familiar with methods for stretching its boundaries

•   Applied Software Tools TKV18TD01-3016 30.08.2021-28.11.2021  5 credits  (ÖH21ELALED-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student should be familiar with the educational unit's computers, networks and IT services.
  Installation and configuration of software and services on the student's own computer.
  Know about office software and its use
  Know the software for technical calculation

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites

  Content of the study unit

  Novias datorer, nätverk och tjänster.
  Din egen dator och installation av programvara.
  Kontorsprogramvara med MS Office 2016 (engelsk version)
  - Presentationer med PowerPoint
  - Textbehandling med Word
  - Databashantering med Access
  - Kalkylering med Excel
  Installation och grunder i Math Cad

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - The student is familiar with and can use the education unit's computers, networks and services in their studies.
  - The student can download and install software needed for the studies to their own computer
  - The student can create presentations, reports, and simple calculations.
  - The student can perform calculations with formulas and simpler functions.
  - The student can produce simpler diagrams.
  - The student can perform simple calculations and produce graphs of mathematical functions.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - The student can integrate the various services of the educational unit with each other.
  - The student can configure installed software to work optimally.
  - The student can independently create presentations, reports, and simple calculations.
  - The student can perform calculations with more advanced functions.
  - The student can produce more advanced diagrams.
  - Students can apply built-in functions to solve equations and mathematical problems.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - The student can make full use of the equipment and services offered in his studies.
  - The student can independently download, install and configure software for the studies and can independently solve problems that arise.
  - The student can actively solve problems that arise when creating presentations, reports and simple calculations.
  - The student can independently and effectively solve more advanced calculation tasks
  - Students know the functions for solving problems with vectors and matrices.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Allt kursmaterial finns i Moodle-kursen. Materialet blir tillgängligt när man anmält sig till kursen i Peppi. (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Föreläsningar och övningar i klass eller via Webex.
  Praktiska uppgifter (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Kursen består av fyra delar, Excel (2sp), Word (1sp), PowerPoint (1sp) samt MathCad (1sp).
  Alla delar skall vara godkända för godkänd kursprestation. Kursvitsordet är ett vägt medeltal av de enskilda delprestationerna. (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  30.08.2021 - 28.11.2021

  Enrollment date range

  11.06.2021 - 05.09.2021

  • 5 credits

  Group(s)

  • ÖH21ELALED-V
  • ELA21D-V

  Small group(s)

  • Grupp A (Size: 40. Open university: 0.)
  • Grupp B (Size: 40. Open university: 0.)
  • Grupp C (Size: 40. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Jan Berglund, Henrik Järveläinen, Sofia Frilund

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Period 1-2, läsår 2021-2022.
  Tidpunkterna för tentamen i kursens delar meddelas via kurssidan i Moodle. (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  Sammanlagt 135 timmar, 60 timmar ges som kontaktundervisning och 75 timmar är självstudier. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  - Studeranden uppnår inte tillfredställande bedömningskriterier. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - Studeranden känner till och kan grundläggande använda utbildningsenhetens datorer, nätverk och tjänster i sina studier.
  - Studeranden kan ladda ner och installera programvara som behövs för studerna till sin egen dator.
  - Studeranden kan skapa presentationer, rapporter, och enkla kalkyler.
  - Studeranden kan utföra kalkyler med formler och enklare funktioner. Studeranden kan producera enklare diagram.
  - Studeranden kan utföra enklare beräkningar och producera grafer av matematiska funktioner i MathCad. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - Studeranden kan integrera utbildningsenhetens olika tjänster med varandra
  - Studeranden kan konfigurera installerad programvara så att den fungerar optimalt.
  - Studeranden kan självständigt skapa presentationer, rapporter, och enkla kalkyler.
  - Studeranden kan utföra kalkyler med mera avancerade funktioner. Studeranden kan producera mera avancerade diagram.
  - Studeranden kan tillämpa inbyggda funktioner i MathCad för lösning av ekvationer och matematiska problem. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - Studeranden kan mångsidigt utnyttja den utrustning och de tjänster som erbjuds i sina studier.
  - Studeranden kan självständigt ladda ner, installera och konfigurera programvara för studierna samt kan självständigt lösa problem som uppkommer.
  - Studeranden kan aktivt lösa problem som uppstår vid skapande av presentationer, rapporter och enklare kalkyler.
  - Studeranden kan självständigt och effektivt lösa mera avancerade kalkyleringsuppgifter.
  - Studeranden kan använda MathCad för att lösa mera avancerade problem (not translated)

•   Autonomous Systems ELA18RE03-3001 25.10.2021-19.12.2021  3 credits  (ELA18D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  Is familiar with the basic concepts of intelligent systems and neural networks.
  Understand the principles of self-learning systems and master relevant concepts regarding autonomous robots.

  Prerequisites

  Microprocessor technology
  Applied electronics

  Content of the study unit

  Robot construction (hardware)
  Implementation of autonomous software
  Selection of sensors
  Optimization of implementation (software and sensors)
  Functionality tests
  Demonstrations and final tests
  Documentation of the implementation and selected algorithms

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Is familiar with the basic concepts of intelligent systems
  Understands nonlinear systems and neural networks
  Understands the principles of self-learning systems
  Master relevant concepts in autonomous robots

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Is well versed in the basic concepts of intelligent systems
  Can utilize neural networks for technical modeling
  Is familiar with several different methods for implementing self-learning systems
  Can formulate, structure and report a relevant problem regarding autonomous systems or robots

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Owns a deep insight into the basic concepts of intelligent systems and can speculate on future challenges and opportunities
  Can perform demanding technical modeling using neural networks
  Can program and simulate self-learning systems
  Can successfully complete, report and structure a project on autonomous systems or autonomous robots

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Hardware Specific Documentation (Propeller Tutorials)

  Learning methods

  Group work and demonstrations
  Documentation of algorithms
  Documentation of implementation

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  25.10.2021 - 19.12.2021

  Enrollment date range

  11.06.2021 - 25.10.2021

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA18D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA18-V-A (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Roger Mäntylä

  Additional information

  w. 43-50: Two test occasions and a final test.

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  No alternative methods of performance. Requires presence due to access to laboratory equipment.

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Course examination 3 weeks after completion of the course.
  Test of autonomous functions.
  Submission of documentation according to given deadlines.

  Student's schedule and workload

  The laboratory task and its documentation is carried out mainly in class, but also outside lecture hours.

  Assessment criteria

  The assessment is made on the basis of submitted documentation and the result of the final test occasion.

•   Basics in Electrical Engineering, AC ELA18GY05-3005 03.01.2022-20.03.2022  3 credits  (ÖH21ELALED-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  Complex numbers
  AC sine function
  AC circuits
  Power

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites

  Content of the study unit

  - complex numbers
  - AC sine function
  - calculation of AC circuits
  - the power in AC circuits

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Has the skill to transform complex numbers between rectangular and polar form
  Has the skill to calculate the frequency/period and angular frequency
  Understands the importance of phase shift between current and voltage
  Knows the relationship between active, reactive and apparent power

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Has an understanding of the relationship between rectangular and polar form
  Has the skill to illustrate the relationship between time- and circular charts
  Masters the calculation of the impedance of simple series and parallel circuits
  Masters the calculation of the power of simple series and parallel circuits

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Can explain the relationship formulas
  Has the skill to calculate the alternating quantities’ instantaneous values
  Has the skill to calculate the quantities’ instantaneous values of reactive components
  Knows the principles for power adjustment and phase compensation

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  03.01.2022 - 20.03.2022

  Enrollment date range

  15.11.2021 - 09.01.2022

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ÖH21ELALED-V
  • ELA21D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA21-V-S (Size: 45. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA21-V-Y (Size: 55. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Matts Nickull

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Basics in Installations ELA18GY18-3003 07.03.2022-01.05.2022  3 credits  (ELA20D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  To know and be able to describe the requirements for electrical installations (planning and ensuring the protection requirements).
  To be able to define general characteristics (maximum load and equalization of load, distribution system, electrical system compatibility, safety system)
  To know and be able to describe different protection methods (base protection, fault protection, overcurrent protection, overload protection, short circuit protection)
  Knowing and being able to choose electrical equipment (enclosure classes, choice of wiring, different types of wiring, external influence, wiring load capacity, voltage drop, protective devices, overcurrent protection, overvoltage protection, protective conductor design, potential equalization)
  
  To know and be able to carry out checks before commissioning.

  Prerequisites

  The basics of electrical engineering

  Content of the study unit

  Requirements relating to electrical installations (planning and ensuring the protection requirements).
  
  Definition of general characteristics (maximum load and equalization of load, distribution system, electrical system compatibility, safety system)
  Protection methods (base protection, fault protection, overcurrent protection, overload protection, short-circuit protection)
  
  Selection and installation of electrical equipment electricity (protection classes, choice of wiring, different types of wiring, external influence, wiring load capacity, voltage drop, protective devices, overcurrent protection, overvoltage protection, protection conductor design, potential equalization)
  
  Controls (pre-commissioning inspections, inspections, testing, maintenance checks)

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Know the basic requirements regarding electrical installations.
  Know and be able to define general characteristics of electrical installations.
  To know different protection methods against dangerous contact voltages and against overloading of circuits.
  To know and be able to choose wires and protective circuits for wires.
  To know and be able to perform basic measurements when commissioning installations.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Know the basic requirements regarding electrical installations.
  Know and be able to define general characteristics of electrical installations.
  To know different protection methods against dangerous contact voltages and against overloading of circuits.
  To know, be able to calculate and be able to choose wires and protective circuits for wires.
  To know and be able to perform basic measurements when commissioning installations

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Know the basic requirements regarding electrical installations.
  Know and be able to define and describe in general the general characteristics of electrical installations.
  To know different protection methods against dangerous contact voltages and against overloading of circuits.
  To know, be able to calculate and be able to choose wires and protective circuits for wires.
  To know, be able to describe and be able to perform basic and special measurements when commissioning installations.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  07.03.2022 - 01.05.2022

  Enrollment date range

  15.11.2021 - 07.03.2022

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA20D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA20-V-A1 (Size: 35. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA20-V-A2 (Size: 35. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA20-V-K1 (Size: 35. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA20-V-K2 (Size: 35. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA20-V-E (Size: 35. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA20-V-I (Size: 35. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Henrik Järveläinen

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Basics in Internet of Things VAL21006-3002 04.10.2021-31.12.2021  3 credits +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  Basic knowledge about IoT
  Overview of different IoT solutions with hands-on experience
  An overview of different wireless techniques

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites

  Content of the study unit

  Introduction and Raspberry PI
  What is IoT and the future
  Getting to know Raspberry PI: Installation, Node-red, Dashboard, MQTT
  One hands on exercise (Node-Red and MQTT)
  
  Wireless technology
  Overview of the wireless technology used today: Bluetooth, Wifi, LoraWAN (and Sigfox), NB IoT with 4G and 5G cellular network
  How to connect LoraWAN sensors. LoraWAN commercial network from Digita (national network) and global open network from The Things Network.
  Make your own IoT sensor with ESP32 and DS18B20, a battery powered temperature sensor with Wifi.
  3 Hands on exercises (Bluetooth & Wifi, LoraWAN and ESP32)
  
  Cloud services for IoT
  Basic overview
  Azure and/or AWS
  One hands on exercise
  
  Smart home
  Using cloud services and Raspberry Pi to control and measuring your home.
  Using voice control with smart speakers from Amazon and Google.
  One hands on exercise

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  04.10.2021 - 31.12.2021

  Enrollment date range

  01.07.2021 - 17.10.2021

  • 3 credits

  Small group(s)

  • Lab exercise (Size: 18. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Hans Lindén

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Basics in Programming ELA18GY04-3006 11.10.2021-19.12.2021  3 credits  (ÖH21ELALED-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student is familiar with basic procedural programming techniques:
  - concepts and basic structures
  - functions
  - arrays
  with selected programming language.

  Prerequisites

  No prerquisites.

  Content of the study unit

  General about programming with C ++
  Variables and constants
  Operators and expressions
  Keyboard input, screen printing
  Selections
  Iterations
  Functions
  Static arrays
  Introduction to files

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The student can create programs that use simple structures with sequences, selections and iterations.
  The student can create functions that use parameters and return data.
  The student can store data in simple, static one-dimensional arrays.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The student can create programs that use more advanced selections and iterations. The student can compound structures.
  The student can create functions that use reference parameters.
  The student can use one-dimensional, static arrays to solve programming tasks.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The student can independently solve more difficult programming problems.
  The student can create overloaded functions and templated functions.
  The student can use multidimensional, static arrays to solve programming tasks.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  material inlänkat på Moodle (not translated)

  Learning methods

  föreläsningar, datasalsövningar, hemuppgifter (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  godkänd tentamen
  godkänd portfolio över hemuppgifterna
  presentation av svarsförslag på hemuppgifter kan ge bonuspoäng (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  11.10.2021 - 19.12.2021

  Enrollment date range

  11.06.2021 - 11.10.2021

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ÖH21ELALED-V
  • ELA21D-V

  Small group(s)

  • Grupp A (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • Grupp B (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • Grupp C (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Susanne Österholm

  Responsible unit

  Administration

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  godkänd tentamen, godkänd protfolio över hemuppgifterna (not translated)

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  tentamen december 2021
  omtentamen 1 januari 2022
  omtentamen 2 våren 2022 (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  närstudier ca 35 h
  eget arbete ca 45 h (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  studerandens kunskaper uppnår inte nivån för ett tillfredsställande vitsord (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Studeranden kan koda program som använder enkla strukturer med sekvenser, alternativval och upprepningar.
  Studeranden kan anropa funktioner som använder parametrar och returnerar data. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Studeranden kan koda program som använder mera avancerade alternativval och upprepningar. Studeranden kan nästla strukturer.
  Studeranden kan skapa funktioner som använder parametrar och returnerar data.
  Studeranden kan lagra data i enkla, statiska endimensionella arrays. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Studeranden kan självständigt lösa svårare programmeringsproblem med procedurell programmering.
  Studeranden kan skapa mera avancerade funktioner.
  Studeranden kan använda flerdimensionella, statiska arrays för att lösa programmeringsuppgifter. (not translated)

•   Basics in Technical Drawing ELA18GY16-3004 03.01.2022-13.02.2022  3 credits  (ELA20D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  Learning the basic functions of mainly AutoCAD and CADS.
  To learn basic commands and functions in order to provide descriptive and accurate drawings in various technical areas, taking into account the requirements and standards in each industry.
  To learn different ways of finishing and correcting existing schedules and drawings.

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites.

  Content of the study unit

  Technology and basic functions for mainly AutoCAD and CADS.
  Basic commands and functions to provide descriptive and accurate drawings in various technical areas, taking into account the requirements and standards in each industry.
  Various options for finishing and correcting existing schedules and drawings.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  03.01.2022 - 13.02.2022

  Enrollment date range

  15.11.2021 - 09.01.2022

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA20D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA20-V-A (Size: 40. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA20-V-E (Size: 40. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA20-V-K (Size: 40. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA20-V-I (Size: 40. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Roger Mäntylä

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Basics in Three-Phase Systems ELA18GY12-3004 30.08.2021-31.10.2021  3 credits  (ELA20D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  Basics of matrices
  Symmetrical three-phase systems
  Unsymmetrical three-phase systems
  Power calculation in the three phase system

  Prerequisites

  Basics in Electrical Engineering - AC

  Content of the study unit

  - single-phase AC circuits (repetition)
  - three-phase AC circuits, Y-coupling
  - three-phase AC circuits, D-coupling
  - three-phase AC circuits, power calculation

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Understands and can perform basic matrix operations
  Can calculate voltages and currents in Y- and D-connected symmetrical three-phase systems
  Can calculate voltages and currents in Y- and D-connected asymmetrical three-phase systems
  Can calculate different powers in symmetrical networks

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Can perform matrix operations and apply this in practical applications
  Understands the principle of the neutral conductor importance in a symmetrical three-phase-system
  Understands the principle of the neutral conductor importance in a asymmetrical three-phase-system
  Can calculate different powers in asymmetric three-phase systems

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Understands and can perform more advanced matrix operations
  Has the skills for theoretical analysis and calculation of different types of symmetrical three-phase loads
  Has the skills for theoretical analysis and calculation of different types of asymmetrical three-phase loads
  Has the skills and knows the principles for calculation of compensation of reactive power in three-phase systems

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Compendium
  Supplementary material.

  Learning methods

  Lectures
  Calculation exercises
  Diagnostic tests
  Self studies

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Written exam (33.3 % for passing grade) and diagnostic tests..
  In the case of an approved course exam, the bonus points from the diagnostic tests replaces the exam task with the lowest score.
  The bonus points do not apply at the re-examination.

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  30.08.2021 - 31.10.2021

  Enrollment date range

  11.06.2021 - 05.09.2021

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA20D-V

  Small group(s)

  • Grupp A (Size: 40. Open university: 0.)
  • Grupp B (Size: 40. Open university: 0.)
  • Grupp C (Size: 40. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Matts Nickull

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Written exam and opportunity for bonus points through diagnostic tests..

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  The exam is arranged week 40.

  Student's schedule and workload

  A total of 81 hours, of which lectures / calculation exercises 36 hours (weeks 35 - 40).

  Assessment criteria

  Less than 33.3 % of the total score.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Grade 1: 33.3 % - 47.2 % of the total score.
  Grade 2: 47.3 % - 61.1 % of the total score.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Grade 3: 61.2 % - 74.9 % of the total score.
  Grade 4: 75.0 % - 88.8 % of the total score.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  More than 88.8 % of the total score.More than 88.8 % of the total score.

•   Basics of Control Engineering ELA18RE01-3001 06.09.2021-14.11.2021  6 credits  (ELA18D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The goal is that the completed course provides an understanding of the principle of feedback control and use of the PID controller and the ability to implement a regulator in practice.

  Prerequisites

  Modellering och simulering (Modeling and simulation)

  Content of the study unit

  Process models
  Control structures
  Regulatory
  Proportional
  Integral
  Derivative
  Use of regulators
  Calculation of control constants
  Implementation of a PID controller

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Understand the principle of feedback.
  Have the knowledge to set PID controllers for common control objects.
  Master the most common control structures.
  Understand the principles for identifying process models.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Know the most common analysis tools for analyzing feedback systems.
  Have the knowledge to implement PID controllers with various tools.
  Have the knowledge to implement regulatory structures in practice.
  Have the knowledge to perform simpler identification experiments.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Be well versed in systematic analysis of feedback systems.
  Master autotuning of PID controllers.
  Being able to design and implement advanced control structures.
  Have the knowledge to perform more advanced identification.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Course material, literature and laboratory descriptions.

  Learning methods

  Lectures, exercises and laboratory exercises.

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  The course assessment is based on:
  - the documentation of compulsory laboratory exercises
  - assignments to be handed in
  - course exam

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  06.09.2021 - 14.11.2021

  Enrollment date range

  11.06.2021 - 06.09.2021

  • 6 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA18D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA18-V-A (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Joachim Böling

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  -

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Within 3 weeks after course completion.

  Assessment criteria

  Less than 40% of the course credits.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  40% - 63% of the course credits.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  64% - 87% of the course credits.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  At least 88% of the course credits.

•   Battery Technology ELA18GY17-3005 03.01.2022-01.05.2022  6 credits  (ELA20D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  To provide basic knowledge of energy storage.

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites

  Content of the study unit

  Basic basic knowledge of battery technology
  Different battery types
  Energy storage system
  Battery life cycle

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Know the basic technology.
  Know different battery types.
  Know the concepts that describe the storage ability.
  Understands the whole, from raw material to recycling.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Know different battery technologies and their characteristics.
  Know about the pros and cons of different battery types.
  Understands the concepts that describe the pros and cons of different energy storage systems.
  Know the key factors that affect the life span.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Is well versed in electrochemical principles and their practical significance.
  Can select the appropriate battery type based on given specifications.
  Can calculate and analyze capacity and charge / and discharge curves.
  Master the whole in theory and practice.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  03.01.2022 - 01.05.2022

  Enrollment date range

  15.11.2021 - 09.01.2022

  • 6 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA20D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA20-V-A (Size: 40. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA20-V-E (Size: 40. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA20-V-K (Size: 40. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA20-V-I (Size: 40. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Henrik Järveläinen

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Bio-Economy Innovation ELA19EE02-3003 25.10.2021-19.12.2021  3 credits  (ET21S-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  Explain the principle of whole crop utilization and the biomass value pyramid
  Describe how biobased plastics and biocomposites alternatives can be used
  Awareness biomass feedstock process pathway(s)
  Differentiate between different forms of biorefinery enterprise
  Utilize the Ansoff matrix in conjunction with biobased business development

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites.

  Content of the study unit

  This introductory online course consists of a number of interconnected modules that underpin the keys themes and technologies essential for the transition to a more sustainable and bio-economic future.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  It will contain basic summaries/descriptions of some of the topics covered and will contain some sense of the student’s learning, but it may be sketchy, disorganised, short, or lacking a sense of progression. While there will be some evidence of understanding, the work will show very limited evidence of critical selection, analysis and reflection.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  It will show a clear and developing understanding of the concepts and issues addressed in the course, and provide both critical analysis and reflection on the topics of the course. The work will cover the main topics/themes but may draw on supplementary resources as well. There will be clear evidence of the student’s own learning process and of active engagement with the course content.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  It will not only demonstrate comprehensive and relevant coverage of the course
  material but it will also present substantial analysis, evaluation and synthesis.
  Work in this range will draw on a considerable amount of supplementary resources, take a particularly original approach to reflection, or point out exceptionally insightful or unexpected links between different elements of the course. The work submitted will reflect a persistent and high level of engagement and learning and will demonstrate a cumulative understanding of the course material

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Roger Mäntylä

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Learning materials are supplied within the online course documentation, with further materials suggested via active hyperlinks.

  Learning methods

  This module is predominately delivered online over an approximate six-week time period. Materials are designed to facilitate both individual and group enterprise. A range of assessment methods are used: individual quiz and short reports and a group poster presentation.

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  25.10.2021 - 19.12.2021

  Enrollment date range

  11.06.2021 - 25.10.2021

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ET21S-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Philip Hollins

  Additional information

  There is increasing recognition that current (global) economic systems are often environmentally harmful and unsustainable. Bioeconomy, or biobased economy, is a new model for industry and the economy. It involves
  the innovative use of renewable biological resources to sustainably produce food, energy and industrial goods.
  
  In the short online course, you will consider the following key themes:
  
  • Agriculture and food industry
  • Bio-based applications
  • Bio-refinery and biomass
  • Business opportunities
  
  These interconnected themes or modules form the basis on this online course for what is a
  rapidly developing sector.

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Assessment criteria

  Marks in this range are indicative that the work is of an inadequate standard.
  
  There will be insufficient evidence of comprehension of the course topics/themes, and inadequate evidence of learning and progression.
  
  There will be no evidence of critical selection, analysis and reflection.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Marks in this range are indicative that the work is of an adequate standard.
  
  There will be some sense of the student’s learning, but it may be sketchy, disorganised, short, or lacking a sense of progression.
  
  There will be very limited evidence of critical selection, analysis and reflection.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Marks in this range are indicative that the work is of a good to a very good/satisfactory standard.
  
  There will good/very good evidence of understanding of the course material and this will draw upon supplementary/external resources and good evaluative skillset
  
  There will be clear evidence of the student’s own learning process with good engagement, critical selection, analysis and reflection.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Marks in this range are indicative that the work is of an excellent to an outstanding standard.
  
  There will not only demonstrate comprehensive and relevant coverage of the course material but it will also present substantial analysis, evaluation and synthesis.
  
  The will reflect a persistent and high level of engagement and learning and will demonstrate a cumulative understanding of the course material and excellent critical selection, analysis and reflection.

•   Building Automation ELA18AU01-3004 30.08.2021-10.10.2021  3 credits  (ELA19D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The structure and use of building automation
  Configuration and implementation of building automation systems
  Selection of components and building blocks for building automation

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites

  Content of the study unit

  Colour of media
  Components in an air handling unit
  The electrical system's automation in a building
  Home automation, lighting controls and heating and ventilation in private households

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - Knows the basics and principles for using building automation
  - Knows the basic principles
  - Knows the principles for selecting equipment

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - Understands and can utilize the functionality of different types of building automation systems.
  - Understands and can utilize basic functionality in configuration and implementation of building automation systems.
  - Manages to select equipment for simple building automation applications.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - Manages to independently plan different types of building automation systems.
  - Can plan, configure and implement demanding functionality in building automation systems.
  - Manages to plan and select equipment for more demanding building automation applications

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning methods

  - lectures
  - exercises
  - project work
  - individual studies

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  - Competence in the structure and function of building automation systems
  - Competence in configuration and programming of building automation system
  - Competence in selecting components and equipment for building automation systems

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  30.08.2021 - 10.10.2021

  Enrollment date range

  11.06.2021 - 05.09.2021

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA19D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA19-V-A (Size: 38. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Joachim Böling

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Pass in exercises, project work and examination

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Autumn, 2021

  Student's schedule and workload

  80 working hours

  Assessment criteria

  - lacks knowledge of the basic principles of structure and function of building automation systems
  - does not know the principles for configuring and programming building automation systems
  - does not know the principles for selecting components and equipment for building automation systems

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - knows the basic principles for the design and function of building automation systems
  - knows the principles for configuring and programming building automation systems
  - knows the principles for selecting components and equipment for building automation systems

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - understands and can utilize the functionality of different building automation systems
  - understands and can execute basic configuration and programming of building automation systems
  - is able to select components and equipment for simple building automation systems

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - is able to plan and configure different types of building automation systems
  - can plan, configure and implement advanced functionality building automation systems
  - is able to select components and equipment for advanced building automation systems

•   Chemistry TKV18KE01-3009 30.08.2021-17.10.2021  3 credits  (ELA19D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  After completing the course, students are expected to
  1. name, draw and describe the occurrence and reactions of pure substances in different mixtures
  2. calculate the yield in a reaction based on limiting reagents
  3. examine and document the properties and reactions of chemical substances in the laboratory

  Prerequisites

  none

  Content of the study unit

  - basic chemical concepts
  - stoichiometry
  - reactions in aqueous solutions
  - gases
  - applications from various disciplines

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The student is able to give an overview of the meaning of concepts, models, theories and working methods used in chemistry

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The student is able to explain, in detail, the meaning of concepts, models, theories and working methods used in chemistry

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The student is able to explain, in a comprehensive and nuanced way, the meaning of concepts, models, theories and working methods used in chemistry

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Allt kursmaterial finns på Moodle. (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Föreläsningar, räkneövningar, grupparbeten och laborationer. (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Kursen avläggs genom tentamen (max 30 p) och labbrapporter (max 12 p)
  För godkänt vitsord i kursen krävs totalt minst 14 p och godkända labbrapporter (minst 2 poäng/rapport).
  Vitsordsskalan är följande:
  14 p 1
  19 p 2
  24 p 3
  29 p 4
  34 p 5 (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  30.08.2021 - 17.10.2021

  Enrollment date range

  11.06.2021 - 05.09.2021

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA19D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA19-V-A1 (Size: 20. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA19-V-A2 (Size: 20. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA19-V-A3 (Size: 20. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA19-V-I (Size: 20. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA19-V-K (Size: 20. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Tom Lillhonga

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Tidpunkten för kurstent meddelas vid kursens början.
  De framgår även i Moodle-kursen. (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  Undervisning i klass : 38 h
  Laborationer: 10 h
  Tentamen : 2 h
  Självständigt arbete: 33 h
  Totalt : 81 timmar för 3 sp (27 h/sp) (not translated)

  Content scheduling

  Se schemat och Moodle-kursen (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Uppnår inte kriterierna för vitsordet 1 (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Den studerande kan översiktligt redogöra för innebörden av begrepp, modeller, teorier och arbetsmetoder som används inom kemi (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Den studerande kan utförligt redogöra för innebörden av begrepp, modeller, teorier och arbetsmetoder som används inom kemi (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Den studerande kan utförligt och nyanserat redogöra för innebörden av begrepp, modeller, teorier och arbetsmetoder som används inom kemi (not translated)

•   Chemistry TKV18KE01-3010 25.10.2021-19.12.2021  3 credits  (ÖH21MAPLED-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  After completing the course, students are expected to
  1. name, draw and describe the occurrence and reactions of pure substances in different mixtures
  2. calculate the yield in a reaction based on limiting reagents
  3. examine and document the properties and reactions of chemical substances in the laboratory

  Prerequisites

  none

  Content of the study unit

  - basic chemical concepts
  - stoichiometry
  - reactions in aqueous solutions
  - gases
  - applications from various disciplines

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The student is able to give an overview of the meaning of concepts, models, theories and working methods used in chemistry

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The student is able to explain, in detail, the meaning of concepts, models, theories and working methods used in chemistry

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The student is able to explain, in a comprehensive and nuanced way, the meaning of concepts, models, theories and working methods used in chemistry

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Kaj Rintanen

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Allt kursmaterial finns på Moodle. (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Föreläsningar, räkneövningar, grupparbeten och laborationer. (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Kursen avläggs genom tentamen (max 30 p) och labbrapporter (max 12 p)
  För godkänt vitsord i kursen krävs totalt minst 14 p och godkända labbrapporter (minst 2 poäng/rapport).
  Vitsordsskalan är följande:
  14 p 1
  19 p 2
  24 p 3
  29 p 4
  34 p 5 (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  25.10.2021 - 19.12.2021

  Enrollment date range

  11.06.2021 - 25.10.2021

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ÖH21MAPLED-V
  • MAP21D-V

  Small group(s)

  • Group 1 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • Group 2 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • Group 3 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Tom Lillhonga

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Tidpunkten för kurstent meddelas vid kursens början.
  De framgår även i Moodle-kursen. (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  Undervisning i klass : 38 h
  Laborationer: 10 h
  Tentamen : 2 h
  Självständigt arbete: 33 h
  Totalt : 81 timmar för 3 sp (27 h/sp) (not translated)

  Content scheduling

  Se schemat och Moodle-kursen (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Uppnår inte kriterierna för vitsordet 1 (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Den studerande kan översiktligt redogöra för innebörden av begrepp, modeller, teorier och arbetsmetoder som används inom kemi (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Den studerande kan utförligt redogöra för innebörden av begrepp, modeller, teorier och arbetsmetoder som används inom kemi (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Den studerande kan utförligt och nyanserat redogöra för innebörden av begrepp, modeller, teorier och arbetsmetoder som används inom kemi (not translated)

•   Chemistry TKV18KE01-3012 14.02.2022-01.05.2022  3 credits  (BYS19D-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  After completing the course, students are expected to
  1. name, draw and describe the occurrence and reactions of pure substances in different mixtures
  2. calculate the yield in a reaction based on limiting reagents
  3. examine and document the properties and reactions of chemical substances in the laboratory

  Prerequisites

  none

  Content of the study unit

  - basic chemical concepts
  - stoichiometry
  - reactions in aqueous solutions
  - gases
  - applications from various disciplines

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The student is able to give an overview of the meaning of concepts, models, theories and working methods used in chemistry

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The student is able to explain, in detail, the meaning of concepts, models, theories and working methods used in chemistry

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The student is able to explain, in a comprehensive and nuanced way, the meaning of concepts, models, theories and working methods used in chemistry

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Leif Östman

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  14.02.2022 - 01.05.2022

  Enrollment date range

  15.11.2021 - 14.02.2022

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • BYS19D-V
  • BYS20D-V
  • BYL20D-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Tom Lillhonga

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Chemistry TKV18KE01-3013 03.01.2022-27.02.2022  3 credits  (ÖH21PRELED-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  After completing the course, students are expected to
  1. name, draw and describe the occurrence and reactions of pure substances in different mixtures
  2. calculate the yield in a reaction based on limiting reagents
  3. examine and document the properties and reactions of chemical substances in the laboratory

  Prerequisites

  none

  Content of the study unit

  - basic chemical concepts
  - stoichiometry
  - reactions in aqueous solutions
  - gases
  - applications from various disciplines

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The student is able to give an overview of the meaning of concepts, models, theories and working methods used in chemistry

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The student is able to explain, in detail, the meaning of concepts, models, theories and working methods used in chemistry

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The student is able to explain, in a comprehensive and nuanced way, the meaning of concepts, models, theories and working methods used in chemistry

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Roger Nylund

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  03.01.2022 - 27.02.2022

  Enrollment date range

  15.11.2021 - 09.01.2022

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ÖH21PRELED-V
  • PRE21D-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Tom Lillhonga

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Combustion Engineering ELA19TE01-3003 06.09.2021-19.12.2021  6 credits  (ET21S-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  After completing the course, students are expected to have knowledge about the design of production-relevant internal combustion engines. They should master the thermodynamic and combustion technology basics as well as constructive aspects of manufacturing methods, material selection, etc.
  
  Furthermore, students should also have knowledge about emission formation from different diesel and otto processes and knowledge about the methods to reduce the emissions.

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites.

  Content of the study unit

  PART 1: Internal Combustion Engine - fundamentals
  
  1) Introduction to Engine types
  2) Design and operating parameters
  3) Thermodynamic processes and cycles
  4) Thermochemistry of Fuel-Air mixtures
  5) Gas Exchange processes
  6) Pollutant Formation and Control
  7) Modelling and simulation
  
  PART 2: Combustion Technologies
  
  1) Principles
  - Burning of gaseous-, liquid-, solid fuels

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The student knows:
  - different types of engines and working principles
  - the main parts of the combustion engine, gas exchange and combustion.
  - various thermodynamic processes, properties and calculations.
  - how the use of the internal combustion engine in different contexts and disciplines.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The student knows how different components and design affect engine performance and emission formation. The student is able to calculate and select significant engine components.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The student is able to independently:
  - design different IC engine applications.
  - design technical solutions that affect the combustion engine.
  - Calculate mass forces, torques and vibrations in the internal combustion engine.
  - argue for and present different choices of engines and technical solutions.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  All material will be on Moodle

  Learning methods

  Lectures and exercises

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Examination takes place through exams and exercises-
  The course grade is based on the total points from these elements.
  For passing, 1/3 of the maximum score in the tent is required.
  In the exercises there is no minimum limit they are mandatory.

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  06.09.2021 - 19.12.2021

  Enrollment date range

  11.06.2021 - 12.09.2021

  • 6 credits

  Group(s)

  • ET21S-V

  Small group(s)

  • ET21 (Size: 25. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Kaj Rintanen

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  According to the schedule on Moodle

  Student's schedule and workload

  56 h lectures
  28 h exercises
  40 h own studies
  2 h exam

  Assessment criteria

  Does not fulfill the criteria for grade 1

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Knows the different types of engines and their working principles
  Knows the main components of the internal combustion engine. Can explain gas change and combustion processes.
  Knows the different thermodynamic processes, properties and calculations.
  Knows the common applications and their specific criteria’s in context of the internal combustion engine.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Understands how different components affect engine performance.
  Understands how different main components of the internal combustion engine affect performance and emissions.
  Able to calculate and select engine components.
  Able to discuss topics regarding engine technical terms orally and in writing.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Able to independently choose and plan different engine technology applications.
  Able to independently choose and design solutions that gives desired effect on the internal combustion engine performance.
  Able to independently calculate mass forces, torque and vibration in the internal combustion engine.
  Able to argue and motivate different technical choices in context of internal combustion engines and solutions in the different applications.

•   Computer Systems ELA18GY02-3005 13.09.2021-28.11.2021  3 credits  (ÖH21ELALED-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  After passing the course, the student is expected to be able to understand what a computer system consists of and use the most common commands.
  The student should understand the most common basic concepts in computer science.

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites

  Content of the study unit

  The course provides knowledge and skills in the installation and use of Windows and Linux workstations.
  
  - Construction of computer systems, Windows and Linux
  - Virtualization
  - Safety, ergonomics and environment
  - Command prompt
  - CPU & Disk speed

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Understand what is meant by an operating system and can use a standard operating system.
  Know the basic concepts and can use virtualization on workstations.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Can install and configure an operating system.
  Understands the relationship between hypervisor and guest operating system

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Can troubleshoot an operating system.
  Understands more advanced theory.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Operating System Concepts Essentials; Abraham Silberschatz, Peter Baer Galvin, Greg Gagne
  A+ Guide to Managing And Maintaining Your PC, 8th Edition, J.Andrews
  Computer science, An overview; JG Brookshear, D Brylow
  Lärarens eget material.
  Windows/Linux -övningarna hänvisar till relevanta artiklar, manualer etc om det behandlade problemet.
  Teorimaterialet kommer delvis från ebrary. Ebrary's licens tillåter inte läraren att på något enkelt sätt downloada och lägga upp pdf-versioner av de böcker som används. Därmed är det på studerandes ansvart att lägga upp en egen virtualbokhylla i ebrary eller ladda ner de relevanta kapitlen för eget bruk. (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Kursen kan delas i två delar: Windows utförande och teori
  Dessutom görs även några självständiga uppgifter. Dessa returneras, men inte för bedömning, utan istället ställs frågor om uppgifterna i proven. Ifall uppgiften är gjord, är frågorna hanterbara. (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Kursen kan delas i två delar: Windows utförande och teori
  Kursen bedöms via skriftlig tent, proven innehåller frågor från både teori- och övningsdelarna. (Proven görs i datasal eventuellt direkt i moodle.) Användning av kursmaterialet under provet är tillåtet.
  Dessutom görs även några självständiga uppgifter. Dessa returneras, men inte för bedömning, utan istället ställs frågor om uppgifterna i proven. Ifall uppgiften är gjord, är frågorna hanterbara. (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  13.09.2021 - 28.11.2021

  Enrollment date range

  11.06.2021 - 13.09.2021

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ÖH21ELALED-V
  • ELA21D-V

  Small group(s)

  • Grupp A (Size: 35. Open university: 0.)
  • Grupp B (Size: 35. Open university: 0.)
  • Grupp C (Size: 35. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Jan Berglund

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Period 1 och 2 - läsåret 2021-2022 (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  Totalt 81 h, varav föreläsningar/tentamen 12 h (veckorna 37 - 43) och labbar 24 h (veckorna 38-47). Resten av tiden utförs som självstudier. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Mindre än 33,3 % av totala poängen. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Vitsord 1: 33,3 % - 47,2 % av totala poängen.
  Vitsord 2: 47,3 % - 61,1 % av totala poängen. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Vitsord 3: 61,2 % - 74,9 % av totala poängen.
  Vitsord 4: 75,0 % - 88,8 % av totala poängen. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Mera än 88,8 % av totalpoängen. (not translated)

•   Control Systems ELA18RE02-3001 06.09.2021-07.11.2021  3 credits  (ELA18D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The goal of the course is that after the course the students should be aware of and be able to apply control system standards, understand the meaning of control system configuration, be able to implement basic control system applications, and be able to select components and equipment for control systems.

  Prerequisites

  No requirements in advance

  Content of the study unit

  - programming methods
  - the standard series IEC 61131
  - structure and functionality of control systems
  - variables and data types
  - the programming languages of IEC 61131-3
  - configuration and programming of control systems according to IEC 61131-3
  - implementation of control systems

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Is aware of the standard series IEC 61131.
  Is aware of the basic principles of the structure and functionality of control systems.
  Is aware of the principles of programming control systems.
  Is aware of the principles of selecting control system equipment.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Is able to make use of the standard series IEC 61131 for control system application.
  Is able to specify control system requirements.
  Is able to create programs for basic control system applications.
  Is able to select equipment for basic control system applications.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Is able to make use of the standard series IEC 61131 for control system configurations.
  Is able to plan and configure control systems.
  Is able to create programs for more advanced control system applications.
  Is able to select equipment for more advanced control system applications.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  K-H John, M Tiegelkamp. IEC 61131-3: Programming Industrial Automation Systems. Springer.
  Control systems manuals

  Learning methods

  - lectures
  - exercises
  - project work
  - individual studies

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  - Competence in the standard IEC 61131
  - Competence in the structure and function of control systems
  - Competence in programming of control system
  - Competence in choice of equipment for control systems

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  06.09.2021 - 07.11.2021

  Enrollment date range

  11.06.2021 - 06.09.2021

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA18D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA18-V-A (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Joachim Böling

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  -

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Autumn 2021

  Student's schedule and workload

  ~80 working hours

  Assessment criteria

  Less than 40% of the course credits.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  40% - 63% of the course credits.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  64% - 87% of the course credits.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  At least 88% of the course credits.

•   Data Structures and Algorithms ELA18PR01-3003 07.03.2022-01.05.2022  3 credits  (ELA20D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The course will provide the student with basic skills about data structures, their abstractions and associated algorithms. The course contains theoretical knowledge needed to develop and implement effective and stable programming solutions.

  Prerequisites

  The course The basics of programming

  Content of the study unit

  The course will provide the student with basic skills about data structures, their abstractions and associated algorithms. The course contains theoretical knowledge needed to develop and implement effective and stable programming solutions.
  
  1. Introduction, data structures, algorithms and abstraction.
  2. Time complexity
  3. Standard Template Library (STL) concept
  4. Linear lists
  5. Linear list search algorithms
  6. Hash tables
  7. Recursion
  8. Sorting
  9. Tree structures and graphs

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Understand the concept and be able to rank common complexity measures and derive these from simple program designs.
  Understand the concept of data structure and algorithm.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Be able to derive complexity from more complex programs and algorithms, and perform measurements experimentally.
  Understand the coupling data structure algorithm, how the choice of one partially or completely determines the choice of the other, and how the combination of the two affects time and space complexity.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Understand how to choose among different solutions and implement optimal solution taking into account the present problems.
  Be able to choose from a wide range of data structures and algorithms. Be able to find and use implementations of these in standard libraries, as well as have good skills in implementing them on their own in an efficient and well-structured way.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  07.03.2022 - 01.05.2022

  Enrollment date range

  15.11.2021 - 07.03.2022

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA20D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA20-V-I (Size: 20. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Kaj Wikman

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Database Administration ELA18AM01-3002 27.09.2021-19.12.2021  4 credits  (ELA19D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student knows and can perform the tasks of a database administrator.
  The student can implement program code (procedures, functions, triggers) stored inside a database.
  The student knows the basic techniques of "business intelligence".

  Prerequisites

  Database programming.

  Content of the study unit

  Installation of database management systems and creating databases.
  SQL and SQL extensions.
  Server programming:
  - Stored procedures,
  - Functions,
  - Transactions and locking,
  - Triggers
  - Using server side code in client applications.
  Administration:
  - Users and user rights
  - Backup and recovery
  - Automation of administrative tasks
  - Import and export of data (ETL)
  - Performance optimization and the basics of monitoring.
  Business Intelligence:
  - Reports
  - Data analysis

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The student knows the database administrator's duties.
  The student can realize databases containing simple stored procedures, functions and triggers.
  The student knows the principles of reporting and data analysis.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The student can perform the routine tasks of the database administrator.
  The student can realize databases with more advanced stored procedures, functions and triggers.
  The student can program client applications using server-side code.
  The student can realize and use databases for reporting and data analysis.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The student can plan and configure the database administration for a database server and its databases.
  The student can create software for database applications in multi-user environments where transaction management and locking are needed.
  The student can plan, implement and use databases for data analysis.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  material inlänkat på Moodle (not translated)

  Learning methods

  föreläsningar, datorövningar (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  godkänd tentamen
  godkända övningar (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  27.09.2021 - 19.12.2021

  Enrollment date range

  11.06.2021 - 27.09.2021

  • 4 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA19D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA19-V-I (Size: 20. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Susanne Österholm

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  godkänd tentamen, godkänd inlämningsuppgift (not translated)

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  tentamen december 2021
  omtentamen 1 januari 2022
  omtentamen 2 våren 2022 (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  närstudier ca 48 h
  eget arbete ca 60 h (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  studerandens kunskaper uppnår inte nivån för tillfredsställande vitsord (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Studeranden känner till databasadministratörens arbetsuppgifter.
  Studeranden kan förverkliga enkla lagrade procedurer, funktioner och triggers i en databas.
  Studeranden kan producera enklare rapporter. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Studeranden kan utföra databasadministratörens rutinmässiga arbetsuppgifter.
  Studeranden kan förverkliga mera avancerade lagrade procedurer, funktioner och triggers i en databas.
  Studeranden kan producera rapporter samt utföra enkel data-analys. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Studeranden kan planera och konfigurera databasadministrationen för en databasserver och dess databaser.
  Studeranden kan skapa programvara för databasapplikationer i fleranvändarmiljöer där transaktionshantering och låsning behövs.
  Studeranden kan planera och förverkliga Business Intelligence i mindre skala. (not translated)

•   Database Programming ELA18PR02-3003 07.03.2022-01.05.2022  3 credits  (ELA20D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student can perform practical database modeling.
  The student can program applications in multi-user environments that read and write relational databases.
  The student can use a framework for database programming.

  Prerequisites

  Courses: Object Oriented Programming, Database Technology

  Content of the study unit

  Rehearsal of SQL
  Database applications with SqlServer, C # and ADO.NET
  Objects of the type: Connections Commands, Parameters and DataReaders
  Transaction Management
  Objects of the types: DataSets, DataAdapters and CommandBuilders
  Object Relational Mapping (ORM)
  Introduction to LINQ and Entity Framework
  Data in xml and json format.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The student understands the basic theories of the relational model and can realize a relational model as a physical database.
  The student can program simple database applications that read and write a database, and can use parameterized commands.
  The student knows a framework for reading and writing databases.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The student can create simpler conceptual, logical and physical database models.
  The student can program database applications using Object Relational Mapping.
  The student can implement transaction management in his code.
  The student knows about security risks and knows how the risks are handled in program code.
  The student can use a framework to read and write databases.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The student can create advanced conceptual, logical and physical database models.
  The student can encode different types of applications that reuse code for data management.
  The student can use a framework for versatile reading and writing of databases.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  material på Moodle (not translated)

  Learning methods

  föreläsningar, datasalsövningar (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  tentamen 2/3
  inlämningsuppgift 1/3 (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  07.03.2022 - 01.05.2022

  Enrollment date range

  15.11.2021 - 07.03.2022

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA20D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA20-V-I (Size: 20. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Susanne Österholm

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  godkänd tentamen
  godkänd inlämningsuppgift (not translated)

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  tentamen maj 2022
  omtentamen 1 maj-juni 2022
  omtentamen 2 augusti-september 2022 (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  närundervisning ca 35 h, eget arbete ca. 45 h (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Studeranden uppnår inte kunskaper som motsvarar vitsordet tillfredsställande. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Studeranden kan producera kod med programmeringsspråket C# som läser och skriver en databas samt kan använda parametriserade kommandon. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Studeranden kan producera objektorieterad kod med programmeringsspråket C# som läser och skriver en databas samt kan använda parametriserade kommandon samt implementera transaktionshantering. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Studeranden kan producera kod med Object-Relational-Mapping som läser och skriver en databas samt kan använda parametriserade kommandon samt implementera transaktionshantering. Studeranden kan använda ramverket Entity Framework för detta. (not translated)

•   Database Technology ELA18GY11-3005 30.08.2021-31.10.2021  3 credits  (ELA20D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student knows basic data storage techniques.
  Students understand the relational model and can normalize databases.
  The student can use database management systems both through graphical user interfaces and with a command language.

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites

  Content of the study unit

  Introduction to databases.
  Concepts and properties.
  Database Managers: MySQL, Access, SqlServer etc.
  Relational Theory and Normalization
  SQL.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The student knows the history and current state of data storage. The student knows about different types of data warehouses.
  The student knows the basic concept of relational theory and how a simpler relational database is constructed.
  The student understands why a database in higher normal form is better than a database in lower normal form.
  The student can explain the different normal forms,
  The student knows and can use simple database commands.
  The student can use the graphical user interface of a database management system.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The student can explain the benefits of relational databases and the structure of the database systems.
  The student can use the basic concept of relational theory and describe the structure of a relational database.
  The student can normalize a database to 3NF. The student can determine the normal form of a database.
  The student knows and can use more advanced database commands.
  The student can use a report generator to compose reports from databases.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The student can compare different data storage techniques with each other.
  The student understands the mathematical model on which the relational databases are based.
  The student can normalize a more extensive database to 3NF.
  The student can independently acquire knowledge of database commands and practically apply this knowledge.
  The student can, with graphic tools, create user interfaces for reading and writing databases.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  material inlänkat på Moodle (not translated)

  Learning methods

  föreläsningar, datasalsövningar (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  godkänd tentamen
  godkänd portfolio över gjorda uppgifter (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  30.08.2021 - 31.10.2021

  Enrollment date range

  11.06.2021 - 30.08.2021

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA20D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA20-V-S1 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA20-V-S2 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA20-V-Y1 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA20-V-Y2 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Susanne Österholm

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  tentamen (not translated)

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  tentamen oktober 2021
  omtentamen 1 november/december 2021
  omtentamen 2 våren 2022 (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  närstudier ca 35 h
  eget arbete ca 45 h (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Studerandes kunskaper uppnår inte nivån för ett tillfredsställande vitsord. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Studeranden känner till olika typer av datalager.
  Studeranden känner till hur en enklare relationsdatabas är uppbyggd.
  Studeranden förstår varför en databas i högre normalform är bättre än en databas i lägre normalform.
  Studeranden kan redogöra för de olika normalformerna.
  Studeranden känner till och kan använda enklare databaskommandon.
  Studeranden kan använda ett databashanteringssystems grafiska användargränssnitt. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Studeranden kan redogöra för fördelarna med relationsdatabaser samt databassystemens uppbyggnad.
  Studeranden kan använda relationsteorins grundbegrepp för att beskriva en relationsdatabas.
  Studeranden kan normalisera en databas till 3NF. Studeranden kan fastställa normalformen för en databas.
  Studeranden känner till och kan använda mera avancerade databaskommandon.
  Studeranden kan använda ett databashanteringssystems grafiska användargränssnitt. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Studeranden kan jämföra olika tekniker för datalagring med varandra.
  Studeranden kan använda relationsteorins grundbegrepp för att beskriva en relationsdatabas.
  Studeranden kan normalisera en mera omfattande databas till 3NF.
  Studeranden kan självständigt skaffa sig kunskap om databaskommandon och praktiskt tillämpa denna kunskap.
  Studeranden kan mångsidigt använda ett databashanteringssystems grafiska användargränssnitt. (not translated)

•   Derivatives and Integrals TKV18MA04-3015 07.03.2022-01.05.2022  3 credits  (ÖH21PRELED-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student understands how, where and when to use the two basic concepts in mathematical analysis: derivation and integration.
  The student can apply derivation and integration to various problems within their own field of study.
  The student can use mathematical software to analyze measured data ​​or other collected data sets.

  Prerequisites

  Functions and equations 1,
  Geometry and vectors,
  Functions and equations 2.

  Content of the study unit

  - Limit calculations
  - Definition of derivatives
  - Tangent and linearisation
  - Derivation rules
  - Extreme value problems
  - Second derivative and convexity
  - Applications of derivatives in different fields
  - Numerical derivation
  - Primitive function (antiderivative)
  - Definition of integrals
  - Integration rules
  - Area calculations, volume integrals
  - Integral applications from own specialist area
  - Numerical integration
  - Mathematical software (Mathcad, Matlab, GeoGebra or equivalent) as a tool for solving problems

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Derivator: Grundläggande förståelse av begreppet derivata. Behärskar enkla deriveringsregler.
  Integraler: Grundläggande förståelse av begreppet integral. Behärskar enkla integreringsregler.
  Modellering och numeriska metoder: Har viss förståelse för hur man gör en matematisk modell och hur denna kan lösas numeriskt. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Derivatives: Basic understanding of the concept of derivatives. Master simple derivation rules.
  Integrals: Basic understanding of the integral concept. Master simple integration rules.
  Modeling and numerical methods: Have some understanding of how to make a mathematical model and how it can be solved numerically.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Derivatives: Can apply theory to more complicated applications and calculations.
  Integrals: Can apply the theory to more complicated applications and calculations (rotational surfaces, arc lengths, etc.).
  Modeling and numerical methods: Can construct and numerically solve more complicated models with calculation software.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Kaj Rintanen

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  se Moodle (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Undervisningen sker i form av närtimmar i klass enligt schemat och/eller undervisning via Webex , minst 36 st .
  De studerande förväntas studera på egen hand med hjälp av material i Moodle.
  Allt material som tillhör kursen finns i Moodle - men övningsuppgifter finns i e-math
  Mathcad används som hjälpmedel under kursen (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Två deltenter under kursens gång a 30 p.
  För godkänt krävs minst 10 p i varje deltent.
  
  20 p = 1
  28 p = 2
  36 p = 3
  44 p = 4
  52 p = 5 (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  07.03.2022 - 01.05.2022

  Enrollment date range

  15.11.2021 - 07.03.2022

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ÖH21PRELED-V
  • ÖH21MAPLED-V
  • MAP21D-V
  • PRE21D-V

  Small group(s)

  • Group A (MAP) (Size: 35. Open university: 0.)
  • Group B (MAP & PRE) (Size: 35. Open university: 0.)
  • Group C (PRE) (Size: 35. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Ing-Britt Rögård, Sofia Frilund

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Kursen bedöms på basen av två deltenter a 25p och aktivitetspoäng 10 p.
  Se studerande bör bli godkända i varje deltent ( minst 8p )
  
  Kursen kan även tenteras med en enda tent på hela kursens innehåll. Då krävs 1/3 av poängen för att bli godkänd. (not translated)

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  se Moodle (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  Undervisning : minst 36 timmar
  Eget arbete : 45 timmar (not translated)

  Content scheduling

  se Moodle (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Kraven för vitsordet 1 kunde inte uppfyllas (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Derivator
  Grundläggande förståelse av begreppet derivata. Behärskar enkla deriveringsregler
  
  
  Integraler
  Grundläggande förståelse av begreppet integral. Behärskar enkla integreringsregler
  
  
  Modellering och numeriska metoder
  Har viss förståelse för hur man gör en matematisk modell och hur denna kan lösas numeriskt. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Derivator
  
  Kan lösa vanliga typer av extremvärdesproblem med hjälp av derivator
  
  
  Integraler
  
  Kan beräkna areor och volymer med hjälp av integraler. Kan lösa problem från fysiken med hjälp av integraler.
  
  
  Modellering och numeriska metoder
  
  Har god förståelse för hur man gör matematiska modeller och kan lösa dessa med beräkningsprogram (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Derivator
  
  Kan tillämpa teorin på mer komplicerade tillämpningar och beräkningar.
  
  Integraler
  
  Kan tillämpa teorin på mer komplicerade tillämpningar och beräkningar. ( Rotationsytor, båglängder )
  
  Modellering och numeriska metoder
  
  Kan konstruera och numeriskt lösa mer komplicerade modeller med beräkningsprogram (not translated)

•   Derivatives and Integrals TKV18MA04-3013 07.03.2022-01.05.2022  3 credits  (ÖH21ELALED-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student understands how, where and when to use the two basic concepts in mathematical analysis: derivation and integration.
  The student can apply derivation and integration to various problems within their own field of study.
  The student can use mathematical software to analyze measured data ​​or other collected data sets.

  Prerequisites

  Functions and equations 1,
  Geometry and vectors,
  Functions and equations 2.

  Content of the study unit

  - Limit calculations
  - Definition of derivatives
  - Tangent and linearisation
  - Derivation rules
  - Extreme value problems
  - Second derivative and convexity
  - Applications of derivatives in different fields
  - Numerical derivation
  - Primitive function (antiderivative)
  - Definition of integrals
  - Integration rules
  - Area calculations, volume integrals
  - Integral applications from own specialist area
  - Numerical integration
  - Mathematical software (Mathcad, Matlab, GeoGebra or equivalent) as a tool for solving problems

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Derivator: Grundläggande förståelse av begreppet derivata. Behärskar enkla deriveringsregler.
  Integraler: Grundläggande förståelse av begreppet integral. Behärskar enkla integreringsregler.
  Modellering och numeriska metoder: Har viss förståelse för hur man gör en matematisk modell och hur denna kan lösas numeriskt. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Derivatives: Basic understanding of the concept of derivatives. Master simple derivation rules.
  Integrals: Basic understanding of the integral concept. Master simple integration rules.
  Modeling and numerical methods: Have some understanding of how to make a mathematical model and how it can be solved numerically.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Derivatives: Can apply theory to more complicated applications and calculations.
  Integrals: Can apply the theory to more complicated applications and calculations (rotational surfaces, arc lengths, etc.).
  Modeling and numerical methods: Can construct and numerically solve more complicated models with calculation software.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  se Moodle (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Undervisningen sker i form av närtimmar i klass enligt schemat, minst 36 h.
  De studerande förväntas studera på egen hand med hjälp av material i Moodle.
  Allt material som tillhör kursen finns i Moodle, övningsuppgifter finns i e-Math.
  Mathcad används som hjälpmedel under kursen. (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Två deltenter under kursens gång (2 x 25 p) och 10 aktivitetspoäng.
  För godkänt krävs minst 8 p i varje deltent.
  
  20 p = 1
  28 p = 2
  36 p = 3
  44 p = 4
  52 p = 5 (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  07.03.2022 - 01.05.2022

  Enrollment date range

  15.11.2021 - 07.03.2022

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ÖH21ELALED-V
  • ELA21D-V

  Small group(s)

  • Grupp A (Size: 35. Open university: 0.)
  • Grupp B (Size: 35. Open university: 0.)
  • Grupp C (Size: 35. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Sofia Frilund

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Kursen bedöms på basen av två deltenter a 25p och aktivitetspoäng 10 p.
  Se studerande bör bli godkända i varje deltent (minst 8p).
  
  Kursen kan även tenteras med en enda tent på hela kursens innehåll. Då krävs 1/3 av poängen för att bli godkänd. (not translated)

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  se Moodle (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  Undervisning: minst 36 timmar
  Eget arbete: 45 timmar (not translated)

  Content scheduling

  se Moodle (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Kraven för vitsordet 1 kunde inte uppfyllas. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Derivator
  Grundläggande förståelse av begreppet derivata. Behärskar enkla deriveringsregler
  
  
  Integraler
  Grundläggande förståelse av begreppet integral. Behärskar enkla integreringsregler
  
  
  Modellering och numeriska metoder
  Har viss förståelse för hur man gör en matematisk modell och hur denna kan lösas numeriskt. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Derivator
  
  Kan lösa vanliga typer av extremvärdesproblem med hjälp av derivator
  
  
  Integraler
  
  Kan beräkna areor och volymer med hjälp av integraler. Kan lösa problem från fysiken med hjälp av integraler.
  
  
  Modellering och numeriska metoder
  
  Har god förståelse för hur man gör matematiska modeller och kan lösa dessa med beräkningsprogram (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Derivator
  
  Kan tillämpa teorin på mer komplicerade tillämpningar och beräkningar.
  
  Integraler
  
  Kan tillämpa teorin på mer komplicerade tillämpningar och beräkningar. ( Rotationsytor, båglängder )
  
  Modellering och numeriska metoder
  
  Kan konstruera och numeriskt lösa mer komplicerade modeller med beräkningsprogram (not translated)

•   Derivatives and Integrals TKV18MA04-3014 07.03.2022-01.05.2022  3 credits  (ÖH21LALED-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student understands how, where and when to use the two basic concepts in mathematical analysis: derivation and integration.
  The student can apply derivation and integration to various problems within their own field of study.
  The student can use mathematical software to analyze measured data ​​or other collected data sets.

  Prerequisites

  Functions and equations 1,
  Geometry and vectors,
  Functions and equations 2.

  Content of the study unit

  - Limit calculations
  - Definition of derivatives
  - Tangent and linearisation
  - Derivation rules
  - Extreme value problems
  - Second derivative and convexity
  - Applications of derivatives in different fields
  - Numerical derivation
  - Primitive function (antiderivative)
  - Definition of integrals
  - Integration rules
  - Area calculations, volume integrals
  - Integral applications from own specialist area
  - Numerical integration
  - Mathematical software (Mathcad, Matlab, GeoGebra or equivalent) as a tool for solving problems

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Derivator: Grundläggande förståelse av begreppet derivata. Behärskar enkla deriveringsregler.
  Integraler: Grundläggande förståelse av begreppet integral. Behärskar enkla integreringsregler.
  Modellering och numeriska metoder: Har viss förståelse för hur man gör en matematisk modell och hur denna kan lösas numeriskt. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Derivatives: Basic understanding of the concept of derivatives. Master simple derivation rules.
  Integrals: Basic understanding of the integral concept. Master simple integration rules.
  Modeling and numerical methods: Have some understanding of how to make a mathematical model and how it can be solved numerically.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Derivatives: Can apply theory to more complicated applications and calculations.
  Integrals: Can apply the theory to more complicated applications and calculations (rotational surfaces, arc lengths, etc.).
  Modeling and numerical methods: Can construct and numerically solve more complicated models with calculation software.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Leif Östman

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  se Moodle (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Undervisningen sker i form av närtimmar i klass enligt schemat och/eller undervisning via Webex , minst 36 st .
  De studerande förväntas studera på egen hand med hjälp av material i Moodle.
  Allt material som tillhör kursen finns i Moodle - men övningsuppgifter finns i e-math
  Mathcad används som hjälpmedel under kursen (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Två deltenter under kursens gång a 30 p.
  För godkänt krävs minst 10 p i varje deltent.
  
  20 p = 1
  28 p = 2
  36 p = 3
  44 p = 4
  52 p = 5 (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  07.03.2022 - 01.05.2022

  Enrollment date range

  15.11.2021 - 07.03.2022

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ÖH21LALED-V
  • BYL21D-V
  • BYS21D-V
  • ÖH21BYSLED-V

  Small group(s)

  • BYS21-V-S (Size: 25. Open university: 0.)
  • BYS21-V-Y (Size: 25. Open university: 0.)
  • BYL21-V-S (Size: 25. Open university: 0.)
  • BYL21-V-Y (Size: 25. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Ing-Britt Rögård

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Kursen bedöms på basen av två deltenter a 25p och aktivitetspoäng 10 p.
  Se studerande bör bli godkända i varje deltent ( minst 8p )
  
  Kursen kan även tenteras med en enda tent på hela kursens innehåll. Då krävs 1/3 av poängen för att bli godkänd. (not translated)

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  se Moodle (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  Undervisning : minst 36 timmar
  Eget arbete : 45 timmar (not translated)

  Content scheduling

  se Moodle (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Kraven för vitsordet 1 kunde inte uppfyllas (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Derivator
  Grundläggande förståelse av begreppet derivata. Behärskar enkla deriveringsregler
  
  
  Integraler
  Grundläggande förståelse av begreppet integral. Behärskar enkla integreringsregler
  
  
  Modellering och numeriska metoder
  Har viss förståelse för hur man gör en matematisk modell och hur denna kan lösas numeriskt. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Derivator
  
  Kan lösa vanliga typer av extremvärdesproblem med hjälp av derivator
  
  
  Integraler
  
  Kan beräkna areor och volymer med hjälp av integraler. Kan lösa problem från fysiken med hjälp av integraler.
  
  
  Modellering och numeriska metoder
  
  Har god förståelse för hur man gör matematiska modeller och kan lösa dessa med beräkningsprogram (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Derivator
  
  Kan tillämpa teorin på mer komplicerade tillämpningar och beräkningar.
  
  Integraler
  
  Kan tillämpa teorin på mer komplicerade tillämpningar och beräkningar. ( Rotationsytor, båglängder )
  
  Modellering och numeriska metoder
  
  Kan konstruera och numeriskt lösa mer komplicerade modeller med beräkningsprogram (not translated)

•   Differential Equations TKV18MA05-3014 30.08.2021-10.10.2021  3 credits  (ELA20D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  After completing the course, the student can use differential equations to model and solve technical problems.

  Prerequisites

  Functions and Equations 1,
  Geometry and Vectors,
  Functions and Equations 2,
  Derivatives and Integrals.

  Content of the study unit

  - Modeling problems using differential equations
  - Solving separable differential equations and first-order linear equations
  - Solving second-order differential equations with constant coefficients (oscillations)
  - Discretization and numerical solution of differential equations using Euler's method

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Recognizes differential equations. Understands the importance and use of differential equations in technical contexts.
  Can solve simple separable differential equations.
  Can solve homogeneous second-order differential equations by using the characteristic equation.
  Can use software to numerically solve simple differential equations.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Can perform simple modeling and solve linear first-order differential equations.
  Can solve second-order differential equations with constant coefficients.
  Has mastered simple methods for numerically solving differential equations.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Can perform more demanding modeling and solve first-order differential equations.
  Understands the oscillator equation and can use it to model mechanical and electrical oscillations.
  Can independently model and solve more demanding problems numerically.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Material via kurssidan i Moodle. Materialet blir tillgängligt när man anmält sig till kursen i Peppi.
  Under kursens gång använder vi Excel, Mathcad och Matlab. (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Föreläsningar och räkneövningar på lektionstid samt en del av övningarna i datasal.
  Inlämningsuppgifter och hemuppgifter.
  Tentamen (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Kursen bedöms utgående från prestationer i tenten och inlämningsuppgifterna.
  
  Kursen består av två inlämningsuppgifter (2 x 15p) samt en tentamen (30p).
  För godkänd kurs krävs minst 10p i tentamen samt minst 20 poäng totalt.
  
  Vitsordsskalan:
  20 p - 1
  28 p - 2
  36 p - 3
  44 p - 4
  52 p - 5 (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  30.08.2021 - 10.10.2021

  Enrollment date range

  11.06.2021 - 05.09.2021

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA20D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA20-V-S1 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA20-V-S2 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA20-V-Y1 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA20-V-Y2 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Sofia Frilund

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Tentamen under kursen.
  Omtagningmöjlighet vid två specificerade allmänna omtagningstillfällen. (not translated)

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Tidpunkten för tentamen meddelas vid kursens början. Tidpunkten framgår även i Moodle-kursen. (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  Undervisning i klass: 36 timmar
  Eget arbete: 45 timmar (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Uppnår inte kriterierna för vitsordet 1. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Känner till vad en differentialekvation är. Kan lösa enkla separabla differentialekvationer.
  Kan lösa homogena differentialekvationer av andra ordningen med hjälp av en karakteristisk ekvation.
  Förstår betydelsen och användningen av differentialekvationer i tekniska sammanhang.
  Kan använda beräkningsprogram för att numeriskt lösa enkla differentialekvationer. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Kan utföra enkla modelleringar och kan lösa linjära differentialekvationer av första ordningen.
  Kan lösa inhomogena differentialekvationer av andra ordningen med konstanta koefficienter.
  Behärskar enkla metoder för numerisk lösning av differentialekvationer. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Kan utföra mer krävande modellering och lösning av differentialekvationer av första ordningen.
  Förstår svängningsekvationen och kan utföra modellering av den.
  Kan självständigt modellera och numeriskt lösa mer krävande problemställningar. (not translated)

•   Differential Equations TKV18MA05-3015 30.08.2021-17.10.2021  3 credits  (MAP20D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  After completing the course, the student can use differential equations to model and solve technical problems.

  Prerequisites

  Functions and Equations 1,
  Geometry and Vectors,
  Functions and Equations 2,
  Derivatives and Integrals.

  Content of the study unit

  - Modeling problems using differential equations
  - Solving separable differential equations and first-order linear equations
  - Solving second-order differential equations with constant coefficients (oscillations)
  - Discretization and numerical solution of differential equations using Euler's method

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Recognizes differential equations. Understands the importance and use of differential equations in technical contexts.
  Can solve simple separable differential equations.
  Can solve homogeneous second-order differential equations by using the characteristic equation.
  Can use software to numerically solve simple differential equations.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Can perform simple modeling and solve linear first-order differential equations.
  Can solve second-order differential equations with constant coefficients.
  Has mastered simple methods for numerically solving differential equations.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Can perform more demanding modeling and solve first-order differential equations.
  Understands the oscillator equation and can use it to model mechanical and electrical oscillations.
  Can independently model and solve more demanding problems numerically.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Kaj Rintanen

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Allt material finns i Moodle. Materialet blir tillgängligt när den studerande anmält sig till kursen i PEPPI
  Vi använder Excel och Mathcad under kursen.
  De studerande bör ha egen dator med Mathcad installerat. (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Föreläsningar och övningar i klass eller via Webex
  En del av övningarna kan vara i datasal.
  Tentamen , inlämningsuppgifter
  De studerande förväntas kunna använda Mathcad. (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Kursen bedöms utgående från den studerandes prestationer i tenter och inlämningsuppgifter.
  Två deltenterna a 25 p, hemuppgifter och inlämningsuppgifter : 10p.
  Max poäng : 60 p. Minst 8p i varje deltent och totalt minst 20 p för att bli godkänd i kursen.
  Vitsordsskala :
  20 p 1
  28 p 2
  36 p 3
  44 p 4
  52 p 5 (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  30.08.2021 - 17.10.2021

  Enrollment date range

  11.06.2021 - 19.09.2021

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • MAP20D-V

  Small group(s)

  • MAP20-V-K (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • MAP20-V-D (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Ing-Britt Rögård

  Additional information

  De studerande förväntas räkna hemuppgifter varje vecka.
  Hemuppgifter och inlämningsuppgifter belönas med max 10 p (not translated)

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Godkända deltenter och gjorda inlämningsuppgifter (not translated)

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Meddelas i början av kursen . Finns angivet i Moodle-kursen (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  Undervisning i klass : 36 timmar
  Tenter : 4 timmar
  Eget arbete : 41 timmar (not translated)

  Content scheduling

  Lektionsplaneringen framgår i Moodle-kursen (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Uppnår inte kriterierna för vitsordet 1 (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Känner till vad en differentialekvation är. Kan lösa enkla separabla differentialekvationer
  Kan lösa homogena differentialekvationer av andra ordningen med hjälp av en karakteristisk ekvation
  Förstår betydelsen och användningen av differentialekvationer i tekniska sammanhang.
  Kan använda beräkningsprogram för att numeriskt lösa enkla differentialekvationer (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Kan utföra enkla modelleringar och kan lösa linjära differentialekvationer av första ordningen.
  Kan lösa inhomogena differentialekvationer av andra ordningen med konstanta koefficienter
  Behärskar enkla metoder för numerisk lösning av differentialekvationer. ( Eulers metod ) (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Kan utföra mer krävande modellering och lösning av differentialekvationer av första ordningen
  Förstår svängningsekvationen och kan utföra modellering av den.
  Kan självständigt modellera och numeriskt lösa mer krävande problemställningar. (not translated)

•   Differential Equations TKV18MA05-3017 07.03.2022-01.05.2022  3 credits  (PRE20D-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  After completing the course, the student can use differential equations to model and solve technical problems.

  Prerequisites

  Functions and Equations 1,
  Geometry and Vectors,
  Functions and Equations 2,
  Derivatives and Integrals.

  Content of the study unit

  - Modeling problems using differential equations
  - Solving separable differential equations and first-order linear equations
  - Solving second-order differential equations with constant coefficients (oscillations)
  - Discretization and numerical solution of differential equations using Euler's method

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Recognizes differential equations. Understands the importance and use of differential equations in technical contexts.
  Can solve simple separable differential equations.
  Can solve homogeneous second-order differential equations by using the characteristic equation.
  Can use software to numerically solve simple differential equations.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Can perform simple modeling and solve linear first-order differential equations.
  Can solve second-order differential equations with constant coefficients.
  Has mastered simple methods for numerically solving differential equations.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Can perform more demanding modeling and solve first-order differential equations.
  Understands the oscillator equation and can use it to model mechanical and electrical oscillations.
  Can independently model and solve more demanding problems numerically.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Roger Nylund

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Teori och exempel finns i Moodle , övningsuppgifterna finns i e-math
  Vi använder Excel och Mathcad under kursen.
  De studerande bör ha egen dator med Mathcad installerat. (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Föreläsningar och övningar på lektionstid.
  En del av övningarna kan vara i datasal.
  Deltenter , inlämningsuppgifter (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Kursen bedöms utgående från den studerandes prestationer i tenter och inlämningsuppgifter.
  Max poäng : 60 p
  Vitsordsskala :
  20 p 1
  28 p 2
  36 p 3
  44 p 4
  52 p 5 (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  07.03.2022 - 01.05.2022

  Enrollment date range

  15.11.2021 - 07.03.2022

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • PRE20D-V
  • MAP20D-V

  Small group(s)

  • PRE20-V (Size: 35. Open university: 0.)
  • MAP20-V-B (Size: 35. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Ing-Britt Rögård

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Godkända deltenter och inlämningsuppgifter (not translated)

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Meddelas i början av kursen . Finns angivet i Moodle-kursen (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  Undervisning i klass : 36 timmar
  Tenter : 4 timmar
  Eget arbete : 41 timmar (not translated)

  Content scheduling

  Lektionsplaneringen framgår i Moodle-kursen (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Uppnår inte kriterierna för vitsordet 1 (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Känner till vad en differentialekvation är. Kan lösa enkla separabla differentialekvationer
  Kan lösa homogena differentialekvationer av andra ordningen med hjälp av en karakteristisk ekvation
  Förstår betydelsen och användningen av differentialekvationer i tekniska sammanhang.
  Kan använda beräkningsprogram för att numeriskt lösa enkla differentialekvationer (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Kan utföra enkla modelleringar och kan lösa linjära differentialekvationer av första ordningen.
  Kan lösa inhomogena differentialekvationer av andra ordningen med konstanta koefficienter
  Behärskar enkla metoder för numerisk lösning av differentialekvationer. ( Eulers metod ) (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Kan utföra mer krävande modellering och lösning av differentialekvationer av första ordningen
  Förstår svängningsekvationen och kan utföra modellering av den.
  Kan självständigt modellera och numeriskt lösa mer krävande problemställningar. (not translated)

•   Differential Equations TKV18MA05-3018 03.01.2022-27.02.2022  3 credits  (BYS20D-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  After completing the course, the student can use differential equations to model and solve technical problems.

  Prerequisites

  Functions and Equations 1,
  Geometry and Vectors,
  Functions and Equations 2,
  Derivatives and Integrals.

  Content of the study unit

  - Modeling problems using differential equations
  - Solving separable differential equations and first-order linear equations
  - Solving second-order differential equations with constant coefficients (oscillations)
  - Discretization and numerical solution of differential equations using Euler's method

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Recognizes differential equations. Understands the importance and use of differential equations in technical contexts.
  Can solve simple separable differential equations.
  Can solve homogeneous second-order differential equations by using the characteristic equation.
  Can use software to numerically solve simple differential equations.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Can perform simple modeling and solve linear first-order differential equations.
  Can solve second-order differential equations with constant coefficients.
  Has mastered simple methods for numerically solving differential equations.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Can perform more demanding modeling and solve first-order differential equations.
  Understands the oscillator equation and can use it to model mechanical and electrical oscillations.
  Can independently model and solve more demanding problems numerically.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Leif Östman

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Teori och exempel finns i Moodle , övningsuppgifterna finns i e-math
  Vi använder Excel och Mathcad under kursen.
  De studerande bör ha egen dator med Mathcad installerat. (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Föreläsningar och övningar på lektionstid.
  En del av övningarna kan vara i datasal.
  Deltenter , inlämningsuppgifter (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Kursen bedöms utgående från den studerandes prestationer i tenter och inlämningsuppgifter.
  Max poäng : 60 p
  Vitsordsskala :
  20 p 1
  28 p 2
  36 p 3
  44 p 4
  52 p 5 (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  03.01.2022 - 27.02.2022

  Enrollment date range

  15.11.2021 - 09.01.2022

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • BYS20D-V
  • BYL20D-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Ing-Britt Rögård

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Godkända deltenter och inlämningsuppgifter (not translated)

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Meddelas i början av kursen . Finns angivet i Moodle-kursen (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  Undervisning i klass : 36 timmar
  Tenter : 4 timmar
  Eget arbete : 41 timmar (not translated)

  Content scheduling

  Lektionsplaneringen framgår i Moodle-kursen (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Uppnår inte kriterierna för vitsordet 1 (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Känner till vad en differentialekvation är. Kan lösa enkla separabla differentialekvationer
  Kan lösa homogena differentialekvationer av andra ordningen med hjälp av en karakteristisk ekvation
  Förstår betydelsen och användningen av differentialekvationer i tekniska sammanhang.
  Kan använda beräkningsprogram för att numeriskt lösa enkla differentialekvationer (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Kan utföra enkla modelleringar och kan lösa linjära differentialekvationer av första ordningen.
  Kan lösa inhomogena differentialekvationer av andra ordningen med konstanta koefficienter
  Behärskar enkla metoder för numerisk lösning av differentialekvationer. ( Eulers metod ) (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Kan utföra mer krävande modellering och lösning av differentialekvationer av första ordningen
  Förstår svängningsekvationen och kan utföra modellering av den.
  Kan självständigt modellera och numeriskt lösa mer krävande problemställningar. (not translated)

•   Digital Logic Basics ELA19EC03-3004 25.10.2021-31.12.2021  3 credits  (ET21S-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  Understanding of number systems, binary logic and truth tables as well as logical circuits.

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites.

  Content of the study unit

  Number systems, codes and number conversion.
  Logical algebra and gate circuits.
  Logical functions and combinatorics.
  Locking signals.
  Circuit reduction with Karnaugh diagram.
  Digital flip-flops.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Knowledge about the most basic binary logic and truth tables.
  Knowledge about the most elementary logic circuits and components.
  Knowledge about the basic principles for the design and simulation of simple digital circuits.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Is well acquainted with binary logic and truth tables.
  Have a good knowledge of logical circuits, components and their characteristic properties.
  Have a good knowledge of how to design and simulate simple digital circuits.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Has an excellent understanding of Boolean logic.
  Has excellent insight into logic circuits, components and their characteristic properties.
  Can independently design and simulate digital circuitry.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Roger Mäntylä

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Course compendium
  Supplementary material

  Learning methods

  Lectures/Supervised teaching
  Simulations
  Self studies

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  The course is assessed according to exam results and assignments.

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  25.10.2021 - 31.12.2021

  Enrollment date range

  11.06.2021 - 25.10.2021

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ET21S-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Roger Mäntylä

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Course examination three weeks after completing the course.
  Theory exam w. 49-50.
  Submission of laboratory assignments according to given deadlines.

  Student's schedule and workload

  In addition to participating in the lecture and laboratory sessions, the course requires active own work.
  The initial theory of number systems and transformation, as well as Boolean logic, requires abundant own work for complete understanding.
  The laboratory tasks and their documentation are carried out mainly in class, but also outside lecture hours.

  Content scheduling

  v. 43-50: Number systems and conversions. Boolean logic.

  Assessment criteria

  Less than 40% of the course credits.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  40% - 63% of the course credits.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  64% - 87% of the course credits.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  At least 88% of the course credits.

•   Digital Technology ELA18GY01-3005 30.08.2021-19.12.2021  6 credits  (ÖH21ELALED-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  Have an understanding of binary logic and truth tables as well as knowledge of logical circuits and components.
  Master the principles of design and simulation of simple digital circuits and have general knowledge of microcontroller programming at binary level.

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites.

  Content of the study unit

  Number systems, codes and number conversion.
  Logical algebra and gate circuits.
  Logical functions and combinatorics.
  Locking signals.
  Circuit reduction with Karnaugh diagram.
  Digital flip-flops.
  555's internal function and its applications.
  The basics of microcontroller technology.
  Low level programming in Assembler.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Knowledge about the most basic binary logic and truth tables.
  Knowledge about the most elementary logic circuits and components.
  Knowledge about the basic principles for the design and simulation of simple digital circuits.
  Possesses general basic knowledge of processors and programming.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Is well acquainted with binary logic and truth tables.
  Have a good knowledge of logical circuits, components and their characteristic properties.
  Have a good knowledge of how to design and simulate simple digital circuits.
  Have a good understanding of the basic processor technology and can apply the principles of creating simple programs.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Has an excellent understanding of Boolean logic.
  Has excellent insight into logic circuits, components and their characteristic properties.
  Can independently design and simulate digital circuitry.
  Has excellent understanding of the basic processor technology and can independently create simple programs.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Own compendium.
  Hardware specific datasheets.

  Learning methods

  Lectures
  Exercises
  Simulations
  Laboratory work

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  The course is assessed according to exam results and assignments.

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  30.08.2021 - 19.12.2021

  Enrollment date range

  11.06.2021 - 05.09.2021

  • 6 credits

  Group(s)

  • ÖH21ELALED-V
  • ELA21D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA21-V-S1 (Size: 25. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA21-V-S2 (Size: 25. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA21-V-Y1 (Size: 25. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA21-V-Y2 (Size: 25. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Roger Mäntylä

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Tutorials on the theory sections.
  Attendance requirements regarding laboratory work.

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Theory exam at the end of period 1
  Assignments throughout the course

  Student's schedule and workload

  The course is held with equal load during periods 1 and 2.

  Content scheduling

  Period 1 is theory focused and period 2 is more practical.

  Assessment criteria

  Less than 40% of the course credits.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  40% - 63% of the course credits.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  64% - 87% of the course credits.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  At least 88% of the course credits.

•   Distributed Energy Systems ELA19EE03-3002 10.01.2022-01.05.2022  6 credits  (ELA20D-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  Students understand the issues of large-scale integration of different renewable energy sources in energy systems and can suggest solutions to current and future challenges

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites.

  Content of the study unit

  Generation, transmission, distribution and consumption
  Energy Supply Security
  Distributed Power Generations/Smart Grids/Microgrids
  Energy Efficiency/Energy storage
  Introduction to Transient System Simulation Tool (TRNSYS)
  Building Energy simulations

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  35% – 60% of course work and exam completed

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  60% – 85% of course work and exam completed

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  85% – 100% of course work and exam completed

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  10.01.2022 - 01.05.2022

  Enrollment date range

  15.11.2021 - 16.01.2022

  • 6 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA20D-V
  • ET21S-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA20-V-E (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ET21 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Shiva Sharma

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Distribution Automation ELA18SS05-3002 03.01.2022-20.03.2022  3 credits  (ELA19D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The goal of the course is to give understanding for and skills in the configuration and use of supervision, control and automation systems for the electrical power process. The course deals with the importance, functions and use of the systems in power distribution, the functionality of the systems, and the principles for selecting systems.

  Prerequisites

  No requirements in advance

  Content of the study unit

  - the electrical power process and its need for supervision and control systems
  - functionality of the systems
  - system components and building blocks
  - system types and configurations
  - selecting systems

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Concerning systems types, knows different system types.
  Concerning layout and function, knows the basic principles.
  Concerning control rooms, knows the function.
  Concerning communications, knows the principles.
  Concerning selecting system, knows the principles.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Concerning systems types, is able to make use of different system types.
  Concerning layout and function, understands and can make use of the functionality of different system types.
  Concerning control rooms, knows the control room functionality.
  Concerning communications, is acquainted with how different communication systems can be used.
  Concerning selecting system, is able to select equipment for basic system applications.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Concerning systems types, is able to specify different system types.
  Concerning layout and function, is able to plan and configure the functionality of different system types.
  Concerning control rooms, is able to plan layout and functionality.
  Concerning communications, knows the principles of layout and configuration.
  Concerning selecting system, is able to plan and select equipment for advanced systsem applications.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning methods

  - Lectures
  - Exercises
  - Project work
  - Individual studies

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  - Competence in distribution automation system types
  - Competence in distribution automation structure and function
  - Competence in electricity distribution centers
  - Competence in the distribution automation communication system
  - Competence in the distribution automation components and building blocks

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  03.01.2022 - 20.03.2022

  Enrollment date range

  15.11.2021 - 09.01.2022

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA19D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA19-V-K (Size: 20. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Joachim Böling

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Pass in project work, exercises, and examination

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  24.01.2022 (Preliminary)

  Student's schedule and workload

  80 working hours

  Assessment criteria

  - do not know the distribution automation system types
  - lacks knowledge of the distribution automation structure and function
  - lacks knowledge of the power distribution centers
  - lacks knowledge of the distribution automation communication system
  - do not know the distribution automation components and building blocks

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - is acquainted with the distribution automation system types
  - is familiar with the structure and function of distribution automation
  - is familiar with the power distribution centers
  - is familiar with the distribution automation communication system
  - knows about the distribution automation components and building blocks

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - is well acquainted with the distribution automation system types
  - is well versed in the structure and function of distribution automation
  - is well acquainted with the functionality of the power distribution center
  - is well versed in the distribution automation communication system
  - is well acquainted with the distribution automation components and building blocks

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - is able to choose system types for the different parts of the distribution automation
  - is able to specify and plan distribution structure and function
  - can plan the operation and functionality of operating centers
  - can plan and configure communication systems for the different parts of the distribution automation
  - can choose appropriate equipment for distribution automation

•   Electric Power Transmission ELA18EK04-3001 25.10.2021-05.12.2021  3 credits  (ELA18D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  To understand and be able to explain the principles of electricity supply.
  To know the methods of electricity generation.
  To know how laws and regulations regulate the electricity supply.
  To know the principles of pricing and tariffs.
  To be able to describe constructions of electricity grids.
  To be able to describe the dimensions of transmission networks.
  Be able to account for the effect of reactive effects on the transfer.
  To be able to explain and calculate any need for serial compensation.

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites.

  Content of the study unit

  Principles of electricity supply. Methods of electricity generation. Laws and regulations governing electricity supply. Pricing and tariffs
  
  Constructions of mains. Dimensions of power grids. Impact of reactive effects on transmission. Series Compensation. Design of series compensation equipment.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  To know the principles of electricity supply.
  To know the methods of electricity generation.
  To know how laws and regulations regulate the electricity supply.
  To know the principles of pricing and tariffs.
  To be able to describe constructions of electricity grids.
  Be able to account for the effect of reactive effects on the transfer.
  To know the principles of serial compensation.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  To understand and be able to explain the principles of electricity supply.
  To know the methods of electricity generation.
  To know how laws and regulations regulate the electricity supply.
  To know the principles of pricing and tariffs.
  To be able to describe constructions of electricity grids.
  To be able to describe the dimensions of transmission networks.
  Be able to account for the effect of reactive effects on the transfer.
  To be able to explain and calculate any need for serial compensation.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  To understand and be able to explain the principles of electricity supply.
  To know the methods of electricity generation.
  To know how laws and regulations regulate the electricity supply.
  To know the principles of pricing and tariffs.
  To be able to describe constructions and make design calculations of electricity grids.
  To be able to calculate and describe the dimensions of transmission networks.
  Be able to account for the effect of reactive effects on the transfer and make calculations according to different requirements.
  To be able to explain and calculate any need for serial compensation.
  To be able to calculate transmission losses and voltage drops in transmission networks

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Kompendier av kursansvarig. Kompendier, föreläsningar och information tillgänglig på Internet.. Examensarbeten. Information från tillverkare och säljare av elnätsprodukter.
  Information om lämpliga studiematerial förmedlas via Moodle för kursen (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Föreläsningar, beräkningar och självstudier.
  Information och studiematerial presenteras i Moodle för kursen. (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Den huvudsakliga grunden för vitsordet i kursen bestäms av poängen i kurstenten. Kurstenten består av frågor som besvaras skriftligt och av beräkningar. (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  25.10.2021 - 05.12.2021

  Enrollment date range

  11.06.2021 - 25.10.2021

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA18D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA18-V-K (Size: 20. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Henrik Järveläinen

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Bedömning av teoretiska prov (not translated)

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Tidpunkt för gemensam tent och eventuell extra tent bestäms i samförstånd med de studerande under kursens gång. Lektioner i klass enligt uppgjort schema i Peppi. (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  Sammanlagt 80 timmar fördelat på lektioner i klass och självstudier. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Mindre än 30 % av totalpoängen i tenten. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Vitsord 1: 30 - 39 % av totalpoängen
  Vitsord 2: 40 - 57 % av totalpoängen (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Vitsord 3: 58 - 74 % av totalpoängen
  Vitsord 4: 75 - 91 % av totalpoängen (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Vitsord 5: 92 - 100 % av totalpoängen (not translated)

•   Electrical Drawing Design ELA18EI01-3003 30.08.2021-17.10.2021  3 credits  (ELA19D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  To be able to understand and draw up different types of drawings, diagrams and lists mainly for high current installations.
  To know and be able to use different possibilities to produce drawings and diagrams using CAD programs such as AutoCAD and CADS.
  To know and be able to use designations for different types of documents.
  To be able to do calculations and documentation of installations using CADS.
  Being able to plan and document indoor installations and motor drives.

  Prerequisites

  Basic drawing techniques.

  Content of the study unit

  Different types of drawings, diagrams and lists mainly for high current installations.
  Review of various possibilities to produce drawings and diagrams using CAD programs such as AutoCAD and CADS.
  Principles for designating documents.
  Calculations and documentation of installations using CADS.
  Planning and documentation of indoor installations and motor drives.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Software providers' operating instructions.
  Component manufacturer's information material.
  Planning guides available on the Internet and in degree projects.
  Degree projects on installations and documentation.
  Compendiums and comments by the course responsible.

  Learning methods

  Joint review of basic principles for drawing up electrical drawings in class and using CADS.
  Independent exercises at your own pace with supervision as needed for each individual student.
  Information on principles for different drawings and diagrams is presented in Moodle.
  Information about various functions in CADS is presented by Kymdata and is available to everyone.

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  30.08.2021 - 17.10.2021

  Enrollment date range

  11.06.2021 - 05.09.2021

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA19D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA19-V-K (Size: 20. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Henrik Järveläinen

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  Approved/Rejected

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Approved exercise work according to the directives given at the start of the course and which are in Moodle for the course.

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Den enskilde studerande disponerar över egen tidsanvändning så att kursen genomförs under veckorna hösten 2021. (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  Sammanlagt 81 timmar arbete för den enskilde studerande fördelat mellan klassundervisning enligt schemat och eget arbete och studier i egen takt. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Approved / Failed

  Approved exercise work according to the directives and to the extent given at the start of the course.

•   Electrical Networks ELA18EI04-3003 25.10.2021-19.12.2021  3 credits  (ELA19D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  Know the principles of different electricity prices and tariffs and be able to make simple cost estimates.
  Knowing the structure of electricity distribution networks.
  Understand and be able to calculate voltage drops, overloads, short circuits and various disturbances in the electricity grid.
  To be able to design conductors taking into account the permissible load, voltage drop and short-circuit resistance.
  To be able to calculate the need for phase compensation.
  To know the principle of different types of protection.
  To know and be able to describe different grounding systems.
  To be able to explain and calculate earth slopes in isolated networks.
  To know the methods for inspections, checks and measurements.

  Prerequisites

  Electrical safety and measurement technology

  Content of the study unit

  Electricity prices and different tariffs.
  Construction of electricity distribution networks.
  
  Voltage drop, overload, short circuit and various disturbances in the mains.
  Design of conductors.
  Phase compensation.
  The principle of different types of protection.
  Earthing systems
  Groundings in isolated grids.
  Inspections, checks and measurements.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Know the principles of electricity distribution.
  Knows about network construction and principle diagrams.
  Knows about the effect of the reactive power on the net.
  Can calculate electricity prices for ordinary consumers.
  Can calculate voltage drop in mains.
  Can measure ground resistance.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Know the principles and methods of electricity distribution.
  Can design low voltage networks.
  Can calculate components for phase compensation.
  Can calculate electricity prices for ordinary and special consumers.
  Can calculate voltage drop and make judgments considering dimensions.
  Can account for different earthing and make measurements of earthing resistance.
  Understands the principles of earth fault protection in isolated networks.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Know the principles and methods of electricity distribution.
  Can design low voltage networks.
  Can calculate components for phase compensation.
  Can calculate electricity prices for ordinary and special consumers.
  Can calculate voltage drop and make judgments considering dimensions.
  Can account for different earthing and make measurements of earthing resistance.
  Understands the principles of earth fault protection and can calculate earth fault currents and zero voltage at earth fault.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Compendiums by the course coordinator.
  Compendiums, lectures and information available on the Internet.
  Degree projects available.
  Information from manufacturers and sellers of electrical equipment.

  Learning methods

  Lectures, calculations, laboratory work and self-study.
  Information and study material are presented in Moodle for the course.

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  The main basis for the grade in the course is determined by the points in the course stent. The course element consists of questions that are answered in writing and calculations.
  The laboratory work and the reports are assessed and can increase or decrease the grade from the exam.

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  25.10.2021 - 19.12.2021

  Enrollment date range

  11.06.2021 - 25.10.2021

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA19D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA19-V-K (Size: 20. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Henrik Järveläinen

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Assessment of assignments, laboratory work, laboratory reports and theoretical tests.

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  The time for a joint exam and any extra exam is determined in agreement with the students during the course. Lessons in class and laboratory sessions according to the established schedule in Peppi. Laboratory reports are submitted within two weeks of each laboratory.

  Student's schedule and workload

  A total of 81 hours divided into lessons in class (20h), laboratory sessions (16h), self-study and preparation of laboratory reports.

  Assessment criteria

  Less than 30% of the total points in the test or omitted laboratory reports.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Grade 1: 30 - 39% of the total points
  Grade 2: 40 - 57% of the total points

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Grade 3: 58 - 74% of the total points
  Grade 4: 75 - 91% of the total points

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Grade 5: 92 - 100% of the total points

•   Electrical Power Utilization ELA18EK01-3001 06.09.2021-19.12.2021  6 credits  (ELA18D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  To know different basic standards that apply to electric motors.
  To be able to understand manufacturing according to norms and regulations.
  To know and be able to apply principles for the control and regulation of electric motors.
  Being able to design motors and drive systems for different types of drives.
  To know and be able to explain inverters and their impact on the electricity grid and the performance of the motors in varying operations.
  To know and be able to apply principles for the protection of electric motors.
  Knowing principles for different types of protective relays.
  To know and be able to use the protection values setting values.

  Prerequisites

  Energy production, Rotating Electrical Machines

  Content of the study unit

  Standards applicable to electric motors.
  Manufacture according to norms and regulations.
  Principles for the control and regulation of electric motors.
  Design of motors and drive systems for different types of drives.
  Converters and their effect on the electricity grid and the motors' performance in varying operations.
  Principles for the protection of electric motors.
  Principles for different types of protective relays.
  Setting relay setting values.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Knows different standards that affect the production of electric machines.
  Know the principles of governance and regulation.
  Knows about the effect of inverters on the electricity grid.
  Knows and can use different types of protective relays

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Know about different standards and how they affect the production of electric machines.
  Know the principles of governance and regulation.
  Can design drive systems for a specific engine operation.
  Knows about the effect of inverters on the electricity grid and can explain how to counteract the negative effect.
  Knows and can calculate appropriate setting values for different types of protection relays.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Know about different standards and how they affect the production of electric machines.
  Know the principles of control and regulation and can apply this to a specific operation.
  Can design drive systems for a specific engine operation.
  Knows about the effect of inverters on the electricity grid and can explain how to counteract the negative effect.
  Knows and can calculate appropriate setting values for different types of protection relays.
  Can calculate setting values for demanding engine operation.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Technical information from manufacturers of electric motors, mainly from ABB.
  Degree projects that deal with the theories that the course covers.
  Compendiums by the course leader

  Learning methods

  Lectures, arithmetic exercises, self-study and laboratory work.
  Information is provided via Moodle for the course.

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  The main basis for the grade in the course is determined by the points in the course exams. The course exam consist of questions that are answered in writing and of calculations.
  All exams must be approved.
  The laboratory work and the reports are also assessed.
  Total number of points from the partial exams = 40 p.
  Total number of points from the labs = 20 p.

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  06.09.2021 - 19.12.2021

  Enrollment date range

  11.06.2021 - 06.09.2021

  • 6 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA18D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA18-V-K (Size: 20. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Assessment of theoretical tests and the laboratory work and its reports.

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  The times for two partial exams and any extra exams are determined in agreement with the students during the course. Lessons in class and laboratory sessions according to the established schedule in Peppi. Laboratory reports are submitted within two weeks of the last laboratory session.

  Student's schedule and workload

  A total of 162 hours divided into lessons in class, laboratory sessions, self-study and preparation of laboratory reports.

  Assessment criteria

  Less than 30% of the points in any written exam or an unapproved lab.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Grade 1: 16 points in total
  Grade 2: 26 points in total

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Grade 3: 35 points in total
  Grade 4: 44 points in total

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Grade 5: 52 points in total

•   Electrical Safety and Measurements ELA18GY06-3004 03.01.2022-20.02.2022  3 credits  (ÖH21ELALED-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  Know the risks of using electricity.
  Know and be able to describe the effects of electric current in the human body
  Know the basic electrical safety-related laws and regulations of electrical engineering.
  Know and be able to describe different protection principles against dangerous contact voltages.
  Know and be able to calculate electrical circuits to meet all safety requirements imposed on them.

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites.

  Content of the study unit

  Hazards with electricity.
  Information and studies of electrical accidents and fires in Finland and other countries.
  Physiological effects of electric current.
  The human body as a component of a circuit.
  The effects of the current.
  Protection methods against dangerous currents.
  Definitions of key concepts in electrical safety.
  Different distribution systems.
  RCD.
  IP classes.
  Basic principles for emergency first aid in the event of an accident.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Know the risks of using electricity.
  Know the effects of the electric current in the human body
  Know the basic electrical safety-related laws and regulations of electrical engineering.
  Know different protection principles against dangerous contact voltages.
  Know how electrical circuits are designed to meet all safety requirements imposed on them.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Know the risks of using electricity.
  Know and be able to describe the effects of electric current in the human body
  Know the basic electrical safety-related laws and regulations of electrical engineering.
  Know and be able to describe different protection principles against dangerous contact voltages.
  Know and be able to calculate electrical circuits to meet all safety requirements imposed on them.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Know the risks of using electricity.
  Know and be able to describe the effects of electric current in the human body
  Know the basic electrical safety-related laws and regulations of electrical engineering.
  Know and be able to describe various protection principles against dangerous contact voltages.
  Know and be able to calculate electrical circuits to meet all safety requirements imposed on them.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Kompendier, examensarbeten och info om elsäkerhet.
  Info och länkar finns i Moodle för kursen. Nyckel till Moodle fås vid kursens första lektioner i klass. (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Föreläsningar, självstudier och laborationer.
  Information och studiematerial presenteras i Moodle för kursen. (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Den huvudsakliga grunden för vitsordet i kursen bestäms av poängen i kurstenten. Kurstenten består av frågor som besvaras skriftligt och av beräkningar.
  Laborationsarbetet och rapporterna bedöms och kan höja eller sänka vitsordet från tenten. (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  03.01.2022 - 20.02.2022

  Enrollment date range

  15.11.2021 - 09.01.2022

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ÖH21ELALED-V
  • ELA21D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA21-V-S1 (Size: 20. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA21-V-S2 (Size: 20. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA21-V-S3 (Size: 20. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA21-V-Y1 (Size: 20. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA21-V-Y2 (Size: 20. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA21-V-Y3 (Size: 20. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Jan Berglund, Joachim Böling

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Bedömning av inlämningsuppgifter, laborationsarbete, laborationsrapporter och teoretiska prov. (not translated)

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Tidpunkt för gemensam tent och eventuell extra tent bestäms i samförstånd med de studerande under kursens gång. Lektioner i klass och laborationstillfällen enligt uppgjort schema i Peppi. Laborationsrapporter inlämnas inom två veckor från respektive laboration. (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  Sammanlagt 80 timmar fördelat på lektioner i klass, laborationstillfällen, självstudier och uppgörande av laborationsrapporter. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Mindre än 30 % av totalpoängen i tenten eller på grund av utelämnade rapporter. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Vitsord 1: 30 - 39 % av totalpoängen
  Vitsord 2: 40 - 57 % av totalpoängen (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Vitsord 3: 58 - 74 % av totalpoängen
  Vitsord 4: 75 - 91 % av totalpoängen (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Vitsord 5: 92 - 100 % av totalpoängen (not translated)

•   Electricity and Magnetism TKV18EL01-3019 07.03.2022-01.05.2022  3 credits  (ÖH21PRELED-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The course covers the basic concepts of electricity and magnetism. Students learn how to analyze simple DC and AC circuits.

  Prerequisites

  Functions and Equations 2 (recommended),
  Derivatives and Integrals (recommended).

  Content of the study unit

  Charges, Coulomb's law and electric fields
  Potential and voltage
  Current, resistance, Ohm's law and Kirchhoff's laws
  Electrical power and energy
  Potential in electrical circuits
  Voltage sources
  Capacitors
  Magnetic fields, magnetic fields around currents
  Charges in motion in magnetic fields
  Induction
  Alternating current, AC circuits

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - Can calculate the force on a charge in an electric or magnetic field.
  - Can interpret electric and magnetic fields graphically.
  - Knows how voltage sources, resistors and capacitors act in a circuit.
  - Can calculate the resistance of a conductor.
  - Can calculate the heat effect in a resistor.
  - Can calculate currents and voltages in simple circuits.
  - Is familiar with the induction phenomenon and its main applications.
  - Understands the meaning of central AC concepts.
  - Can calculate voltage and current using impedances.
  - Can calculate with the power factor.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - Can determine the electric fields for simple geometries and magnetic fields for simple components.
  - Can sketch electric and magnetic fields based on charge distributions and currents.
  - Can calculate resistance and capacitance for serial and parallel connections.
  - Can take into account the internal resistance in a voltage source.
  - Can calculate potential in circuits.
  - Can use Lenz's law and calculate induced emf.
  - Can analyze AC curves with phase shifts graphically.
  - Can calculate the impedance for simple RLC circuits.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - Can calculate electric and magnetic fields with the superposition principle.
  - Can calculate current and voltage in combined series and parallel connections of resistors.
  - Can calculate transients in DC circuits.
  - Can use phasor diagrams.
  - Can calculate currents, voltages and phase differences in simple AC circuits.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Kaj Rintanen

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Kompendium Elektroteknik DC
  Bok: Elteknik, Jukka Ahoranta (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Föreläsningar, övningar och räkneövningar (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Kursen bedöms med en skriftlig tent (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  07.03.2022 - 01.05.2022

  Enrollment date range

  15.11.2021 - 07.03.2022

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ÖH21PRELED-V
  • ÖH21MAPLED-V
  • MAP21D-V
  • PRE21D-V

  Small group(s)

  • MAP21-V-Y (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • MAP21-V-S (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • PRE21-V-Y (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • PRE21-V-S (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Jan Berglund

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Period 4, läsåret 2021-2022 (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  Totalt 81 h, varav föreläsningar/tentamen 36 h, resten av tiden utförs som självstudier (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Mindre än 33,3 % av totala poängen. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Vitsord 1: 33,3 % - 47,2 % av totala poängen.
  Vitsord 2: 47,3 % - 61,1 % av totala poängen. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Vitsord 3: 61,2 % - 74,9 % av totala poängen.
  Vitsord 4: 75,0 % - 88,8 % av totala poängen. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Mera än 88,8 % av totalpoängen. (not translated)

•   Electricity and Magnetism TKV18EL01-3015 06.09.2021-17.11.2021  3 credits  (ÖH21ELALED-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The course covers the basic concepts of electricity and magnetism. Students learn how to analyze simple DC and AC circuits.

  Prerequisites

  Functions and Equations 2 (recommended),
  Derivatives and Integrals (recommended).

  Content of the study unit

  Charges, Coulomb's law and electric fields
  Potential and voltage
  Current, resistance, Ohm's law and Kirchhoff's laws
  Electrical power and energy
  Potential in electrical circuits
  Voltage sources
  Capacitors
  Magnetic fields, magnetic fields around currents
  Charges in motion in magnetic fields
  Induction
  Alternating current, AC circuits

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - Can calculate the force on a charge in an electric or magnetic field.
  - Can interpret electric and magnetic fields graphically.
  - Knows how voltage sources, resistors and capacitors act in a circuit.
  - Can calculate the resistance of a conductor.
  - Can calculate the heat effect in a resistor.
  - Can calculate currents and voltages in simple circuits.
  - Is familiar with the induction phenomenon and its main applications.
  - Understands the meaning of central AC concepts.
  - Can calculate voltage and current using impedances.
  - Can calculate with the power factor.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - Can determine the electric fields for simple geometries and magnetic fields for simple components.
  - Can sketch electric and magnetic fields based on charge distributions and currents.
  - Can calculate resistance and capacitance for serial and parallel connections.
  - Can take into account the internal resistance in a voltage source.
  - Can calculate potential in circuits.
  - Can use Lenz's law and calculate induced emf.
  - Can analyze AC curves with phase shifts graphically.
  - Can calculate the impedance for simple RLC circuits.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - Can calculate electric and magnetic fields with the superposition principle.
  - Can calculate current and voltage in combined series and parallel connections of resistors.
  - Can calculate transients in DC circuits.
  - Can use phasor diagrams.
  - Can calculate currents, voltages and phase differences in simple AC circuits.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Compendium.

  Learning methods

  Lectures
  Practical calculation
  Simulations
  Self studies
  Home exercises

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  The written exam has four questions with six points each. A total of 24 points. All questions are calculations.
  Six points in a task require complete calculation with the right values ​​and the right answer.
  Points are given for correct thinking, carelessness gives deductions.
  The home exercises can give a maximum of six points extra.

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  06.09.2021 - 17.11.2021

  Enrollment date range

  11.06.2021 - 06.09.2021

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ÖH21ELALED-V
  • ELA21D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA21-V-S (Size: 45. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA21-V-Y (Size: 45. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Written exam with possibility to get extra points from the home exercises.

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Week 41.

  Student's schedule and workload

  Altogether 81 hours, of which 36 hours are given as classroom education. Six weeks with three two-hour lectures per week.

  Assessment criteria

  Less than 8 points from the written exam.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Grade 1: 8 - 11,5 points.
  Grade 2: 12 - 15,5 points.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Grade 3: 16 - 19,5 points.
  Grade 4: 20 - 23,5 points.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  24 points and more.

•   Electricity and Magnetism TKV18EL01-3018 21.02.2022-01.05.2022  3 credits  (ÖH21LALED-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The course covers the basic concepts of electricity and magnetism. Students learn how to analyze simple DC and AC circuits.

  Prerequisites

  Functions and Equations 2 (recommended),
  Derivatives and Integrals (recommended).

  Content of the study unit

  Charges, Coulomb's law and electric fields
  Potential and voltage
  Current, resistance, Ohm's law and Kirchhoff's laws
  Electrical power and energy
  Potential in electrical circuits
  Voltage sources
  Capacitors
  Magnetic fields, magnetic fields around currents
  Charges in motion in magnetic fields
  Induction
  Alternating current, AC circuits

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - Can calculate the force on a charge in an electric or magnetic field.
  - Can interpret electric and magnetic fields graphically.
  - Knows how voltage sources, resistors and capacitors act in a circuit.
  - Can calculate the resistance of a conductor.
  - Can calculate the heat effect in a resistor.
  - Can calculate currents and voltages in simple circuits.
  - Is familiar with the induction phenomenon and its main applications.
  - Understands the meaning of central AC concepts.
  - Can calculate voltage and current using impedances.
  - Can calculate with the power factor.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - Can determine the electric fields for simple geometries and magnetic fields for simple components.
  - Can sketch electric and magnetic fields based on charge distributions and currents.
  - Can calculate resistance and capacitance for serial and parallel connections.
  - Can take into account the internal resistance in a voltage source.
  - Can calculate potential in circuits.
  - Can use Lenz's law and calculate induced emf.
  - Can analyze AC curves with phase shifts graphically.
  - Can calculate the impedance for simple RLC circuits.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - Can calculate electric and magnetic fields with the superposition principle.
  - Can calculate current and voltage in combined series and parallel connections of resistors.
  - Can calculate transients in DC circuits.
  - Can use phasor diagrams.
  - Can calculate currents, voltages and phase differences in simple AC circuits.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Leif Östman

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Kompendium Elektroteknik DC
  Bok: Elteknik, Jukka Ahoranta (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Föreläsningar, övningar och räkneövningar (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Kursen bedöms med en skriftlig tent (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  21.02.2022 - 01.05.2022

  Enrollment date range

  15.11.2021 - 21.02.2022

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ÖH21LALED-V
  • BYL21D-V
  • BYS21D-V
  • ÖH21BYSLED-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Jan Berglund

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Period 4, läsåret 2021-22 (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  Totalt 81 h, varav föreläsningar/tentamen 36 h, resten av tiden utförs som självstudier (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Mindre än 33,3 % av totala poängen. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Vitsord 1: 33,3 % - 47,2 % av totala poängen.
  Vitsord 2: 47,3 % - 61,1 % av totala poängen. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Vitsord 3: 61,2 % - 74,9 % av totala poängen.
  Vitsord 4: 75,0 % - 88,8 % av totala poängen. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Mera än 88,8 % av totalpoängen. (not translated)

•   Electrostatic and Magnetic Fields ELA18GY14-3004 25.10.2021-12.12.2021  3 credits  (ELA20D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  To provide a basic knowledge of electric and magnetic fields.

  Prerequisites

  Mechanics, Geometry and Vectors.

  Content of the study unit

  - electric fields
  - magnetic field
  - magnetic circuits
  - electromagnetic induction

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Electrostatic fields: Know the basic quantities and units.
  Magnetic fields: Know the basic quantities and units.
  Electromagnetic induction: Know the basic quantities and units.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Know about the physical connections between basic variables in electrical engineering.
  Can calculate magnetic fields in vacuum.
  Know the principles of electromagnetic induction and its technical applications.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Can use the theory of electrostatic fields to solve problems in electrical engineering.
  Can calculate magnetic fields in magnetic materials.
  Know the basic operating principle for transformers, motors and generators.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Compendium
  Supplementary material.

  Learning methods

  Lectures
  Calculation exercises
  Self studies

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Two written exams (33.3% for approved course grade in both parts). Maximum three attempts/exam.

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  25.10.2021 - 12.12.2021

  Enrollment date range

  11.06.2021 - 31.10.2021

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA20D-V

  Small group(s)

  • Grupp A (Size: 40. Open university: 0.)
  • Grupp B (Size: 40. Open university: 0.)
  • Grupp C (Size: 40. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Matts Nickull

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Two written exams

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  The first exam (Electrostatic fields) is arranged week 45.
  The second exam (Electromagnetic fields) is arranged week 49.

  Student's schedule and workload

  A total of 81 hours, of which lectures/exams 36 hours (weeks 43 - 49).

  Assessment criteria

  Less than 33.3 % of the total score.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Grade 1: 33.3 % - 47.2 % of the total score.
  Grade 2: 47.3 % - 61.1 % of the total score.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Grade 3: 61.2 % - 74.9 % of the total score.
  Grade 4: 75.0 % - 88.8 % of the total score.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  More than 88.8 % of the total score.

•   Embedded Systems ELA18IK01-3001 25.10.2021-19.12.2021  3 credits  (ELA18D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The goal is to understand a near real-time operating system (RTOS), develop applications for this OS, first by running the operating system in a simulation, then on hardware. Hardware is studied to the extent necessary for the applications in question.

  Prerequisites

  Programming courses and network courses according to grades 2-3

  Content of the study unit

  - Knowledge of programming at microcontroller level and embedded systems: program structure and use of necessary tools.
  - Programming in simulator and on hardware.
  - Basic knowledge of typical hardware
  - Understand the advantages and disadvantages of a near real-time operating system (RTOS)
  - Developing applications for an RTOS,

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Foundations and concepts.
  Know the basics and analyze finished programs for embedded systems.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Analyze, understand and plan a solution with regard to reliability.
  Write program totals with real-time requirements.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Design reliable and integrated solutions.
  Implement more advanced solutions for hardware-based embedded systems.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  25.10.2021 - 19.12.2021

  Enrollment date range

  11.06.2021 - 25.10.2021

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA18D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA18-V-I (Size: 20. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Kaj Wikman

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Energy: Resources, Transfer and Storage ELA19TE02-3003 06.09.2021-19.12.2021  6 credits  (ET21S-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  Discuss Sankey diagrams with respect to climate change impacts
  Review and evaluate a range of low carbon energy generation technologies
  Appraise the benefits/limitations of developing energy storage solutions
  Describe the challenges of renewable energy and grid distribution infrastructure
  Identify `nudge´ psychology with policy to modify human behavioural patterns

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites.

  Content of the study unit

  This course focuses on a number of renewable low carbon and rapidly emerging energy storage alternatives. Specifically, those related to the transport and power generation sectors. It will discuss current and future implementation as a means to limit the emissions of GHG’s and thereby mitigate the effects of global warming.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  It will contain basic summaries/descriptions of some of the topics covered and will contain some sense of the student’s learning, but it may be sketchy, disorganised, short, or lacking a sense of progression. While there will be some evidence of understanding, the work will show very limited evidence of critical selection, analysis and reflection.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  It will show a clear and developing understanding of the concepts and issues addressed in the course, and provide both critical analysis and reflection on the topics of the course. The work will cover the main topics/themes but may draw on supplementary resources as well. There will be clear evidence of the student’s own learning process and of active engagement with the course content.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  It will not only demonstrate comprehensive and relevant coverage of the course
  material but it will also present substantial analysis, evaluation and synthesis.
  Work in this range will draw on a considerable amount of supplementary resources, take a particularly original approach to reflection, or point out exceptionally insightful or unexpected links between different elements of the course. The work submitted will reflect a persistent and high level of engagement and learning and will demonstrate a cumulative understanding of the course material

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Course documentation, relevant teaching materials and reference documents are found on Moodle

  Learning methods

  Lectures, directed study and on-line flipped learning
  Individual and group work (written and presented)
  Exercise workshops and simulations
  Laboratory work

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Approved: Course work exercise/assignments - Learning diary (plus report extension) and presentations during the course

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  06.09.2021 - 19.12.2021

  Enrollment date range

  11.06.2021 - 12.09.2021

  • 6 credits

  Group(s)

  • ET21S-V
  • ELA18D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA18-V-E (Size: 25. Open university: 0.)
  • ET21 (Size: 25. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Philip Hollins

  Additional information

  -

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Contact the teacher

  Practical training and working life co-operation

  -

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Contact the teacher

  Internationa connections

  -

  Student's schedule and workload

  About 162 hours total workload. About 50 lectures (45 min).

  Content scheduling

  -

  Assessment criteria

  -

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  It will contain basic summaries/descriptions of some of the topics covered and will contain some sense of the student’s learning, but it may be sketchy, disorganised, short, or lacking a sense of progression. While there will be some evidence of understanding, the work will show very limited evidence of critical selection, analysis and reflection.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  It will show a clear and developing understanding of the concepts and issues addressed in the course, and provide both critical analysis and reflection on the topics of the course. The work will cover the main topics/themes but may draw on supplementary resources as well. There will be clear evidence of the student’s own learning process and of active engagement with the course content

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  It will not only demonstrate comprehensive and relevant coverage of the course material but it will also present substantial analysis, evaluation and synthesis. Work in this range will draw on a considerable amount of supplementary resources, take a particularly original approach to reflection, or point out exceptionally insightful or unexpected links between different elements of the course. The work submitted will reflect a persistent and high level of engagement and learning and will demonstrate a cumulative understanding of the course material.

•   English for Working Life TKV18EN01-3011 06.09.2021-17.10.2021  3 credits  (ELA20D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The course enables the students to become confident in using English at work and in situations connected with work by providing them tools for basic job related documents and, to improve their understanding of grammar to allow them to work more successfully in English.
  The course will also give tools for students to be able to negotiate and manage meetings and other working life related situations in English, while at the same time developing fluency in English.

  Prerequisites

  B1 in CEFR

  Content of the study unit

  - Skills and documents in job seeking: (CV, job application, elevator pitch, preparation for a job interview)
  
  -Working skills: writing emails and communicating in work-related contexts (meetings, presentations and documents)

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Being able to identify the different styles of English, their characteristics and usage.
  Creating templates of working-life and business related documents in English.
  Identifying the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview and the skills needed in English.
  Being able to define the elements of meetings and negotiation stages in English.
  Being able to deliver an oral presentation on a subject within engineering or working life in general.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Being able to create documents using the different styles of English, according to their characteristics and terms of usage.
  Creating personalized and up-to-date documents in engineering and working life.
  Being able to attend and manage the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview and the skills needed in English.
  Being able to attend and manage meeting and negotiations in English.
  Being able to deliver an oral presentation on a subject within engineering or working life in general according to the principles of a constructed and professional presentation.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Being able to implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the different styles of English, their characteristics and usage and communicate successfully within the framework.
  Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the concept of working life and engineering related documents.
  Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview and further skills needed in English.
  Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of managing meetings and negotiations in English.
  Being able to successfully deliver an oral presentation on a specific subject within engineering or working life according to the principles of a constructed and professional presentation using the rhetorical and linguistic tools introduced in the course.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Teacher's material

  Learning methods

  Contact teaching, in-class activities, individual assignments, oral presentations.

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Continuous assessment: students are being assessed throughout the course
  -participation in the in-class activities, individual assignments, groups works, final exam

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  06.09.2021 - 17.10.2021

  Enrollment date range

  11.06.2021 - 06.09.2021

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA20D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA20-V-S (Size: 55. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA20-V-Y (Size: 55. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Hanna Kuusisto

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Book exam (more information about this will be given on the first meeting)

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Final exam

  Student's schedule and workload

  27 hours individual workload per 1 credit (a total of 3 ETCS)

  Assessment criteria

  Lack of attendance, incompleted assignments, failed final exam.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Being able to identify the different styles of English, their characteristics and usage.
  Creating templates of working-life and business related documents in English.
  Identifying the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview and the skills needed in English.
  Being able to define the elements of meetings and negotiation stages in English.
  Being able to deliver an oral presentation on a subject within engineering or working life in general.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Being able to create documents using the different styles of English, according to their characteristics and terms of usage.
  Creating personalized and up-to-date documents in engineering and working life.
  Being able to attend and manage the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview and the skills needed in English.
  Being able to attend and manage meeting and negotiations in English.
  Being able to deliver an oral presentation on a subject within engineering or working life in general according to the principles of a constructed and professional presentation.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Being able to implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the different styles of English, their characteristics and usage and communicate successfully within the framework.
  Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the concept of working life and engineering related documents.
  Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview and further skills needed in English.
  Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of managing meetings and negotiations in English.
  Being able to successfully deliver an oral presentation on a specific subject within engineering or working life according to the principles of a constructed and professional presentation using the rhetorical and linguistic tools introduced in the course.

•   English for Working Life TKV18EN01-3012 30.08.2021-07.11.2021  3 credits  (BYS20D-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The course enables the students to become confident in using English at work and in situations connected with work by providing them tools for basic job related documents and, to improve their understanding of grammar to allow them to work more successfully in English.
  The course will also give tools for students to be able to negotiate and manage meetings and other working life related situations in English, while at the same time developing fluency in English.

  Prerequisites

  B1 in CEFR

  Content of the study unit

  - Skills and documents in job seeking: (CV, job application, elevator pitch, preparation for a job interview)
  
  -Working skills: writing emails and communicating in work-related contexts (meetings, presentations and documents)

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Being able to identify the different styles of English, their characteristics and usage.
  Creating templates of working-life and business related documents in English.
  Identifying the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview and the skills needed in English.
  Being able to define the elements of meetings and negotiation stages in English.
  Being able to deliver an oral presentation on a subject within engineering or working life in general.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Being able to create documents using the different styles of English, according to their characteristics and terms of usage.
  Creating personalized and up-to-date documents in engineering and working life.
  Being able to attend and manage the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview and the skills needed in English.
  Being able to attend and manage meeting and negotiations in English.
  Being able to deliver an oral presentation on a subject within engineering or working life in general according to the principles of a constructed and professional presentation.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Being able to implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the different styles of English, their characteristics and usage and communicate successfully within the framework.
  Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the concept of working life and engineering related documents.
  Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview and further skills needed in English.
  Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of managing meetings and negotiations in English.
  Being able to successfully deliver an oral presentation on a specific subject within engineering or working life according to the principles of a constructed and professional presentation using the rhetorical and linguistic tools introduced in the course.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Leif Östman

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Teacher's material

  Learning methods

  Contact teaching, in-class activities, individual assignments, oral presentations.

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Continuous assessment: students are being assessed throughout the course
  -participation in the in-class activities, individual assignments, groups works, final exam

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  30.08.2021 - 07.11.2021

  Enrollment date range

  11.06.2021 - 05.09.2021

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • BYS20D-V
  • BYL20D-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Hanna Kuusisto

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Book exam (more information about this will be given on the first meeting)

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Final exam

  Student's schedule and workload

  27 hours individual workload per 1 credit (a total of 3 ETCS)

  Assessment criteria

  Lack of attendance, incompleted assignments, failed final exam.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Being able to identify the different styles of English, their characteristics and usage.
  Creating templates of working-life and business related documents in English.
  Identifying the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview and the skills needed in English.
  Being able to define the elements of meetings and negotiation stages in English.
  Being able to deliver an oral presentation on a subject within engineering or working life in general.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Being able to create documents using the different styles of English, according to their characteristics and terms of usage.
  Creating personalized and up-to-date documents in engineering and working life.
  Being able to attend and manage the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview and the skills needed in English.
  Being able to attend and manage meeting and negotiations in English.
  Being able to deliver an oral presentation on a subject within engineering or working life in general according to the principles of a constructed and professional presentation.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Being able to implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the different styles of English, their characteristics and usage and communicate successfully within the framework.
  Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the concept of working life and engineering related documents.
  Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview and further skills needed in English.
  Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of managing meetings and negotiations in English.
  Being able to successfully deliver an oral presentation on a specific subject within engineering or working life according to the principles of a constructed and professional presentation using the rhetorical and linguistic tools introduced in the course.

•   English for Working Life TKV18EN01-3013 25.10.2021-19.12.2021  3 credits  (PRE20D-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The course enables the students to become confident in using English at work and in situations connected with work by providing them tools for basic job related documents and, to improve their understanding of grammar to allow them to work more successfully in English.
  The course will also give tools for students to be able to negotiate and manage meetings and other working life related situations in English, while at the same time developing fluency in English.

  Prerequisites

  B1 in CEFR

  Content of the study unit

  - Skills and documents in job seeking: (CV, job application, elevator pitch, preparation for a job interview)
  
  -Working skills: writing emails and communicating in work-related contexts (meetings, presentations and documents)

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Being able to identify the different styles of English, their characteristics and usage.
  Creating templates of working-life and business related documents in English.
  Identifying the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview and the skills needed in English.
  Being able to define the elements of meetings and negotiation stages in English.
  Being able to deliver an oral presentation on a subject within engineering or working life in general.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Being able to create documents using the different styles of English, according to their characteristics and terms of usage.
  Creating personalized and up-to-date documents in engineering and working life.
  Being able to attend and manage the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview and the skills needed in English.
  Being able to attend and manage meeting and negotiations in English.
  Being able to deliver an oral presentation on a subject within engineering or working life in general according to the principles of a constructed and professional presentation.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Being able to implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the different styles of English, their characteristics and usage and communicate successfully within the framework.
  Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the concept of working life and engineering related documents.
  Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview and further skills needed in English.
  Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of managing meetings and negotiations in English.
  Being able to successfully deliver an oral presentation on a specific subject within engineering or working life according to the principles of a constructed and professional presentation using the rhetorical and linguistic tools introduced in the course.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Roger Nylund

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Teacher's material

  Learning methods

  Contact teaching, in-class activities, individual assignments, oral presentations.

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Continuous assessment: students are being assessed throughout the course
  -participation in the in-class activities, individual assignments, groups works, final exam

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  25.10.2021 - 19.12.2021

  Enrollment date range

  11.06.2021 - 25.10.2021

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • PRE20D-V
  • MAP20D-V

  Small group(s)

  • MAP20-V-B (Size: 50. Open university: 0.)
  • PRE20 (Size: 50. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Hanna Kuusisto

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Book exam (more information about this will be given on the first meeting)

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Final exam

  Student's schedule and workload

  27 hours individual workload per 1 credit (a total of 3 ETCS)

  Assessment criteria

  Lack of attendance, incompleted assignments, failed final exam.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Being able to identify the different styles of English, their characteristics and usage.
  Creating templates of working-life and business related documents in English.
  Identifying the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview and the skills needed in English.
  Being able to define the elements of meetings and negotiation stages in English.
  Being able to deliver an oral presentation on a subject within engineering or working life in general.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Being able to create documents using the different styles of English, according to their characteristics and terms of usage.
  Creating personalized and up-to-date documents in engineering and working life.
  Being able to attend and manage the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview and the skills needed in English.
  Being able to attend and manage meeting and negotiations in English.
  Being able to deliver an oral presentation on a subject within engineering or working life in general according to the principles of a constructed and professional presentation.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Being able to implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the different styles of English, their characteristics and usage and communicate successfully within the framework.
  Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the concept of working life and engineering related documents.
  Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview and further skills needed in English.
  Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of managing meetings and negotiations in English.
  Being able to successfully deliver an oral presentation on a specific subject within engineering or working life according to the principles of a constructed and professional presentation using the rhetorical and linguistic tools introduced in the course.

•   English for Working Life TKV18EN01-3014 03.01.2022-20.03.2022  3 credits  (MAP20D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The course enables the students to become confident in using English at work and in situations connected with work by providing them tools for basic job related documents and, to improve their understanding of grammar to allow them to work more successfully in English.
  The course will also give tools for students to be able to negotiate and manage meetings and other working life related situations in English, while at the same time developing fluency in English.

  Prerequisites

  B1 in CEFR

  Content of the study unit

  - Skills and documents in job seeking: (CV, job application, elevator pitch, preparation for a job interview)
  
  -Working skills: writing emails and communicating in work-related contexts (meetings, presentations and documents)

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Being able to identify the different styles of English, their characteristics and usage.
  Creating templates of working-life and business related documents in English.
  Identifying the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview and the skills needed in English.
  Being able to define the elements of meetings and negotiation stages in English.
  Being able to deliver an oral presentation on a subject within engineering or working life in general.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Being able to create documents using the different styles of English, according to their characteristics and terms of usage.
  Creating personalized and up-to-date documents in engineering and working life.
  Being able to attend and manage the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview and the skills needed in English.
  Being able to attend and manage meeting and negotiations in English.
  Being able to deliver an oral presentation on a subject within engineering or working life in general according to the principles of a constructed and professional presentation.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Being able to implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the different styles of English, their characteristics and usage and communicate successfully within the framework.
  Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the concept of working life and engineering related documents.
  Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview and further skills needed in English.
  Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of managing meetings and negotiations in English.
  Being able to successfully deliver an oral presentation on a specific subject within engineering or working life according to the principles of a constructed and professional presentation using the rhetorical and linguistic tools introduced in the course.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Kaj Rintanen

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Teacher's material

  Learning methods

  Contact teaching, in-class activities, individual assignments, oral presentations.

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Continuous assessment: students are being assessed throughout the course
  -participation in the in-class activities, individual assignments, groups works, final exam

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  03.01.2022 - 20.03.2022

  Enrollment date range

  15.11.2021 - 09.01.2022

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • MAP20D-V

  Small group(s)

  • MAP20-V-K (Size: 55. Open university: 0.)
  • MAP20-V-D (Size: 55. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Hanna Kuusisto

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Book exam (more information about this will be given on the first meeting)

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Final exam

  Student's schedule and workload

  27 hours individual workload per 1 credit (a total of 3 ETCS)

  Assessment criteria

  Lack of attendance, incompleted assignments, failed final exam.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Being able to identify the different styles of English, their characteristics and usage.
  Creating templates of working-life and business related documents in English.
  Identifying the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview and the skills needed in English.
  Being able to define the elements of meetings and negotiation stages in English.
  Being able to deliver an oral presentation on a subject within engineering or working life in general.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Being able to create documents using the different styles of English, according to their characteristics and terms of usage.
  Creating personalized and up-to-date documents in engineering and working life.
  Being able to attend and manage the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview and the skills needed in English.
  Being able to attend and manage meeting and negotiations in English.
  Being able to deliver an oral presentation on a subject within engineering or working life in general according to the principles of a constructed and professional presentation.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Being able to implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the different styles of English, their characteristics and usage and communicate successfully within the framework.
  Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the concept of working life and engineering related documents.
  Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview and further skills needed in English.
  Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of managing meetings and negotiations in English.
  Being able to successfully deliver an oral presentation on a specific subject within engineering or working life according to the principles of a constructed and professional presentation using the rhetorical and linguistic tools introduced in the course.

•   Extended Programming ELA18PR03-3003 03.01.2022-27.02.2022  3 credits  (ELA20D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student can program applications that use functions as well as read and write text files,
  The student understands and can use pointers and dynamic memory management in the program code.
  The student understands and can use structures and classes in the program code.

  Prerequisites

  The course Programming Basics..

  Content of the study unit

  Repetition of basic procedural programming.
  More advanced functions.
  Reading and writing data files.
  Pointers and dynamic memory management.
  Structures and classes.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The student can read data from a text file and write data to a text file.
  The student understands the concept of pointers and can create pointers for variables and arrays.
  The student can create and use simple structures.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The student can read and write a text file and can perform calculations on that data..
  The student can dynamically allocate and deallocate memory for variables and arrays.
  The student understands the difference between structures and classes and can create classes and instantiate objects.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The student can independently solve data storage problems using text files.
  The student can independently solve problems that require dynamic memory management.
  The student can independently divide code into classes.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  03.01.2022 - 27.02.2022

  Enrollment date range

  15.11.2021 - 09.01.2022

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA20D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA20-V-I (Size: 20. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Kaj Wikman

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Finnish TKV18FI01-3012 25.10.2021-05.12.2021  2 credits  (ELA20D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  A good general vocabulary
  To master the central grammar
  Understanding general Finnish texts (factual texts, articles, etc.)
  Understanding and being able to write everyday life's letters and messages
  Orally coping with everyday situations

  Prerequisites

  Second stage course in Finnish.
  The starting level is B1, which corresponds to C in long Finnish (A-Finnish) or M in short Finnish (B-Finnish) in the student.

  Content of the study unit

  Repetition of the central grammar
  School and studies
  Working life
  Environment
  Daily situations

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5). In order to complete the course with an approved grade (grade 1), the student should have the knowledge required for level B1.1. Approved grades in this course are required to participate in the Työelämän suomi course.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5). In order to complete the course with an approved grade (grade 1), the student should have the knowledge required for level B1.1. Approved grades in this course are required to participate in the Työelämän suomi course.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5). In order to complete the course with an approved grade (grade 1), the student should have the knowledge required for level B1.1. Approved grades in this course are required to participate in the Työelämän suomi course.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Study material and compendium on Moodle.

  Learning methods

  - oral and written exercises
  - own work, assignments
  - shorter lectures
  - attendance 80 %

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  The assessment is based on
  - class activity
  - assignments
  - exam

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  25.10.2021 - 05.12.2021

  Enrollment date range

  11.06.2021 - 25.10.2021

  • 2 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA20D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA20-V-S (Size: 55. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA20-V-Y (Size: 55. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Emilia Vikfors

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Engineer (Land Surveying), Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  -

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Exam during last lesson
  Retake on general re-examination

  Student's schedule and workload

  2 credits = 54 h work (c. 24 h in class, c. 30 h own work)

  Assessment criteria

  For the assessment of knowledge in Finnish as a second domestic, Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used. Level B1 indicates satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4–5). All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  For the assessment of knowledge in Finnish as a second domestic, Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used. Level B1 indicates satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4–5). All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  For the assessment of knowledge in Finnish as a second domestic, Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used. Level B1 indicates satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4–5). All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  For the assessment of knowledge in Finnish as a second domestic, Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used. Level B1 indicates satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4–5). All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

•   Finnish TKV18FI01-3013 03.01.2022-06.03.2022  2 credits  (ÖH21LALED-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  A good general vocabulary
  To master the central grammar
  Understanding general Finnish texts (factual texts, articles, etc.)
  Understanding and being able to write everyday life's letters and messages
  Orally coping with everyday situations

  Prerequisites

  Second stage course in Finnish.
  The starting level is B1, which corresponds to C in long Finnish (A-Finnish) or M in short Finnish (B-Finnish) in the student.

  Content of the study unit

  Repetition of the central grammar
  School and studies
  Working life
  Environment
  Daily situations

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5). In order to complete the course with an approved grade (grade 1), the student should have the knowledge required for level B1.1. Approved grades in this course are required to participate in the Työelämän suomi course.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5). In order to complete the course with an approved grade (grade 1), the student should have the knowledge required for level B1.1. Approved grades in this course are required to participate in the Työelämän suomi course.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5). In order to complete the course with an approved grade (grade 1), the student should have the knowledge required for level B1.1. Approved grades in this course are required to participate in the Työelämän suomi course.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Leif Östman

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Study material and compendium on Moodle.

  Learning methods

  - oral and written exercises
  - own work, assignments
  - shorter lectures
  - attendance 80 %

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  The assessment is based on
  - class activity
  - assignments
  - exam

  Teaching language

  Timing

  03.01.2022 - 06.03.2022

  Enrollment date range

  15.11.2021 - 09.01.2022

  • 2 credits

  Group(s)

  • ÖH21LALED-V
  • BYL21D-V
  • BYS21D-V
  • ÖH21BYSLED-V

  Small group(s)

  • BYS21-V-S (Size: 35. Open university: 0.)
  • BYS21-V-Y (Size: 35. Open university: 0.)
  • BYL21-V-S (Size: 35. Open university: 0.)
  • BYL21-V-Y (Size: 35. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Emilia Vikfors

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Engineer (Land Surveying), Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  -

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Exam during last lesson
  Retake on general re-examination

  Student's schedule and workload

  2 credits = 54 h work (c. 24 h in class, c. 30 h own work)

  Assessment criteria

  For the assessment of knowledge in Finnish as a second domestic, Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used. Level B1 indicates satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4–5). All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  For the assessment of knowledge in Finnish as a second domestic, Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used. Level B1 indicates satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4–5). All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  For the assessment of knowledge in Finnish as a second domestic, Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used. Level B1 indicates satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4–5). All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  For the assessment of knowledge in Finnish as a second domestic, Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used. Level B1 indicates satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4–5). All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

•   Finnish TKV18FI01-3015 07.03.2022-01.05.2022  2 credits  (MAP20D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  A good general vocabulary
  To master the central grammar
  Understanding general Finnish texts (factual texts, articles, etc.)
  Understanding and being able to write everyday life's letters and messages
  Orally coping with everyday situations

  Prerequisites

  Second stage course in Finnish.
  The starting level is B1, which corresponds to C in long Finnish (A-Finnish) or M in short Finnish (B-Finnish) in the student.

  Content of the study unit

  Repetition of the central grammar
  School and studies
  Working life
  Environment
  Daily situations

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5). In order to complete the course with an approved grade (grade 1), the student should have the knowledge required for level B1.1. Approved grades in this course are required to participate in the Työelämän suomi course.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5). In order to complete the course with an approved grade (grade 1), the student should have the knowledge required for level B1.1. Approved grades in this course are required to participate in the Työelämän suomi course.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5). In order to complete the course with an approved grade (grade 1), the student should have the knowledge required for level B1.1. Approved grades in this course are required to participate in the Työelämän suomi course.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Kaj Rintanen

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Study material and compendium on Moodle.

  Learning methods

  - oral and written exercises
  - own work, assignments
  - shorter lectures
  - attendance 80 %

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  The assessment is based on
  - class activity
  - assignments
  - exam

  Teaching language

  Timing

  07.03.2022 - 01.05.2022

  Enrollment date range

  15.11.2021 - 07.03.2022

  • 2 credits

  Group(s)

  • MAP20D-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Emilia Vikfors

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Engineer (Land Surveying), Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  -

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Exam during last lesson
  Retake on general re-examination

  Student's schedule and workload

  2 credits = 54 h work (c. 24 h in class, c. 30 h own work)

  Assessment criteria

  For the assessment of knowledge in Finnish as a second domestic, Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used. Level B1 indicates satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4–5). All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  For the assessment of knowledge in Finnish as a second domestic, Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used. Level B1 indicates satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4–5). All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  For the assessment of knowledge in Finnish as a second domestic, Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used. Level B1 indicates satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4–5). All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  For the assessment of knowledge in Finnish as a second domestic, Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used. Level B1 indicates satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4–5). All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

•   Finnish TKV18FI01-3016 07.03.2022-01.05.2022  2 credits  (PRE20D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  A good general vocabulary
  To master the central grammar
  Understanding general Finnish texts (factual texts, articles, etc.)
  Understanding and being able to write everyday life's letters and messages
  Orally coping with everyday situations

  Prerequisites

  Second stage course in Finnish.
  The starting level is B1, which corresponds to C in long Finnish (A-Finnish) or M in short Finnish (B-Finnish) in the student.

  Content of the study unit

  Repetition of the central grammar
  School and studies
  Working life
  Environment
  Daily situations

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5). In order to complete the course with an approved grade (grade 1), the student should have the knowledge required for level B1.1. Approved grades in this course are required to participate in the Työelämän suomi course.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5). In order to complete the course with an approved grade (grade 1), the student should have the knowledge required for level B1.1. Approved grades in this course are required to participate in the Työelämän suomi course.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5). In order to complete the course with an approved grade (grade 1), the student should have the knowledge required for level B1.1. Approved grades in this course are required to participate in the Työelämän suomi course.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Roger Nylund

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Study material and compendium on Moodle.

  Learning methods

  - oral and written exercises
  - own work, assignments
  - shorter lectures
  - attendance 80 %

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  The assessment is based on
  - class activity
  - assignments
  - exam

  Teaching language

  Timing

  07.03.2022 - 01.05.2022

  Enrollment date range

  15.11.2021 - 07.03.2022

  • 2 credits

  Group(s)

  • PRE20D-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Emilia Vikfors

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Engineer (Land Surveying), Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  -

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Exam during last lesson
  Retake on general re-examination

  Student's schedule and workload

  2 credits = 54 h work (c. 24 h in class, c. 30 h own work)

  Assessment criteria

  For the assessment of knowledge in Finnish as a second domestic, Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used. Level B1 indicates satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4–5). All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  For the assessment of knowledge in Finnish as a second domestic, Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used. Level B1 indicates satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4–5). All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  For the assessment of knowledge in Finnish as a second domestic, Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used. Level B1 indicates satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4–5). All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  For the assessment of knowledge in Finnish as a second domestic, Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used. Level B1 indicates satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4–5). All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

•   Finnish for Working Life TKV18FI02-3013 30.08.2021-31.10.2021  4 credits  (PRE19D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  To master the central vocabulary in the own field
  To deal with work-related situations orally and in writing
  To be able to write different types of texts and prepare different types of documents
  Understand and be able to make use of information from texts (articles, official documents etc.) concerning the own industry
  To be able to give a structured presentation in Finnish
  Being able to attend and lead a meeting in Finnish
  Orally and in writing master the central grammar

  Prerequisites

  Suomi

  Content of the study unit

  Working life and own field
  Entrepreneurship
  Business Communications
  Meeting technology and terminology
  Thesis abstract

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The student must demonstrate knowledge of Finnish that is required by the law (424/2003) by public employees and should show satisfactory (grade 1, 2 or 3) or good (grade 4 or 5) ability to use Finnish in speech and writing.
  
  The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5).
  
  Oral and written ability is assessed with different grades.
  
  All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The student must demonstrate knowledge of Finnish that is required by the law (424/2003) by public employees and should show satisfactory (grade 1, 2 or 3) or good (grade 4 or 5) ability to use Finnish in speech and writing.
  
  The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5).
  
  Oral and written ability is assessed with different grades.
  
  All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The student must demonstrate knowledge of Finnish that is required by the law (424/2003) by public employees and should show satisfactory (grade 1, 2 or 3) or good (grade 4 or 5) ability to use Finnish in speech and writing.
  
  The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5).
  
  Oral and written ability is assessed with different grades.
  
  All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Roger Nylund

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Compendium + other material on Moodle.

  Learning methods

  - Interactive lessons (attendance 75 %)
  - Shorter lectures
  - Pair and group discussions
  - Written exercises and written assignments
  - Own work
  - Presentation and opposition

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Assessment on the basis of
  - Oral exam, oral presentation and other oral exercises (including kokous)
  - Written exams/tests
  - Written assignments
  - Class activity
  - Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

  Teaching language

  Timing

  30.08.2021 - 31.10.2021

  Enrollment date range

  11.06.2021 - 05.09.2021

  • 4 credits

  Group(s)

  • PRE19D-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Emilia Vikfors

  Additional information

  Remember to also sign up for the written and oral parts:
  YH10FI01-M-3075
  YH10FI01-S-3072

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Engineer (Land Surveying), Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Bilingual students can take the course partially at a distance. Some occasions are mandatory for everyone. More info on the first lesson.

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Written exam during the last lesson.
  Retake on general re-examination.

  Student's schedule and workload

  4 credits = 108 h work (c. 42 h in class, c. 66 h own work)

  Assessment criteria

  The assessment of the knowledge in Finnish is based on the European Framework of Reference for Languages ​​(CEFR). Level B1 refers to satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 refers to good knowledge (grades 4–5). The same assessment criteria are used at all universities in Finland. Level A2 or lower is failed.
  Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The assessment of the knowledge in Finnish is based on the European Framework of Reference for Languages ​​(CEFR). Level B1 refers to satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 refers to good knowledge (grades 4–5). The same assessment criteria are used at all universities in Finland. Level A2 or lower is failed.
  Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The assessment of the knowledge in Finnish is based on the European Framework of Reference for Languages ​​(CEFR). Level B1 refers to satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 refers to good knowledge (grades 4–5). The same assessment criteria are used at all universities in Finland. Level A2 or lower is failed.
  Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The assessment of the knowledge in Finnish is based on the European Framework of Reference for Languages ​​(CEFR). Level B1 refers to satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 refers to good knowledge (grades 4–5). The same assessment criteria are used at all universities in Finland. Level A2 or lower is failed.
  Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

•   Finnish for Working Life TKV18FI02-3010 04.10.2021-19.12.2021  4 credits  (ELA19D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  To master the central vocabulary in the own field
  To deal with work-related situations orally and in writing
  To be able to write different types of texts and prepare different types of documents
  Understand and be able to make use of information from texts (articles, official documents etc.) concerning the own industry
  To be able to give a structured presentation in Finnish
  Being able to attend and lead a meeting in Finnish
  Orally and in writing master the central grammar

  Prerequisites

  Suomi

  Content of the study unit

  Working life and own field
  Entrepreneurship
  Business Communications
  Meeting technology and terminology
  Thesis abstract

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The student must demonstrate knowledge of Finnish that is required by the law (424/2003) by public employees and should show satisfactory (grade 1, 2 or 3) or good (grade 4 or 5) ability to use Finnish in speech and writing.
  
  The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5).
  
  Oral and written ability is assessed with different grades.
  
  All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The student must demonstrate knowledge of Finnish that is required by the law (424/2003) by public employees and should show satisfactory (grade 1, 2 or 3) or good (grade 4 or 5) ability to use Finnish in speech and writing.
  
  The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5).
  
  Oral and written ability is assessed with different grades.
  
  All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The student must demonstrate knowledge of Finnish that is required by the law (424/2003) by public employees and should show satisfactory (grade 1, 2 or 3) or good (grade 4 or 5) ability to use Finnish in speech and writing.
  
  The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5).
  
  Oral and written ability is assessed with different grades.
  
  All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Compendium + other material on Moodle.

  Learning methods

  - Interactive lessons (attendance 75 %)
  - Shorter lectures
  - Pair and group discussions
  - Written exercises and written assignments
  - Own work
  - Presentation and opposition

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Assessment on the basis of
  - Oral exam, oral presentation and other oral exercises (including kokous)
  - Written exams/tests
  - Written assignments
  - Class activity
  - Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  04.10.2021 - 19.12.2021

  Enrollment date range

  11.06.2021 - 04.10.2021

  • 4 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA19D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA19-V-A (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA19-V-K (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA19-V-I (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Emilia Vikfors

  Additional information

  Remember to also sign up for the written and oral parts:
  YH10FI01-M-3075
  YH10FI01-S-3072

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Engineer (Land Surveying), Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Bilingual students can take the course partially at a distance. Some occasions are mandatory for everyone. More info on the first lesson.

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Written exam during the last lesson.
  Retake on general re-examination.

  Student's schedule and workload

  4 credits = 108 h work (c. 42 h in class, c. 66 h own work)

  Assessment criteria

  The assessment of the knowledge in Finnish is based on the European Framework of Reference for Languages ​​(CEFR). Level B1 refers to satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 refers to good knowledge (grades 4–5). The same assessment criteria are used at all universities in Finland. Level A2 or lower is failed.
  Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The assessment of the knowledge in Finnish is based on the European Framework of Reference for Languages ​​(CEFR). Level B1 refers to satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 refers to good knowledge (grades 4–5). The same assessment criteria are used at all universities in Finland. Level A2 or lower is failed.
  Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The assessment of the knowledge in Finnish is based on the European Framework of Reference for Languages ​​(CEFR). Level B1 refers to satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 refers to good knowledge (grades 4–5). The same assessment criteria are used at all universities in Finland. Level A2 or lower is failed.
  Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The assessment of the knowledge in Finnish is based on the European Framework of Reference for Languages ​​(CEFR). Level B1 refers to satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 refers to good knowledge (grades 4–5). The same assessment criteria are used at all universities in Finland. Level A2 or lower is failed.
  Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

•   Finnish for Working Life TKV18FI02-3011 30.08.2021-14.11.2021  4 credits  (BYS19D-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  To master the central vocabulary in the own field
  To deal with work-related situations orally and in writing
  To be able to write different types of texts and prepare different types of documents
  Understand and be able to make use of information from texts (articles, official documents etc.) concerning the own industry
  To be able to give a structured presentation in Finnish
  Being able to attend and lead a meeting in Finnish
  Orally and in writing master the central grammar

  Prerequisites

  Suomi

  Content of the study unit

  Working life and own field
  Entrepreneurship
  Business Communications
  Meeting technology and terminology
  Thesis abstract

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The student must demonstrate knowledge of Finnish that is required by the law (424/2003) by public employees and should show satisfactory (grade 1, 2 or 3) or good (grade 4 or 5) ability to use Finnish in speech and writing.
  
  The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5).
  
  Oral and written ability is assessed with different grades.
  
  All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The student must demonstrate knowledge of Finnish that is required by the law (424/2003) by public employees and should show satisfactory (grade 1, 2 or 3) or good (grade 4 or 5) ability to use Finnish in speech and writing.
  
  The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5).
  
  Oral and written ability is assessed with different grades.
  
  All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The student must demonstrate knowledge of Finnish that is required by the law (424/2003) by public employees and should show satisfactory (grade 1, 2 or 3) or good (grade 4 or 5) ability to use Finnish in speech and writing.
  
  The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5).
  
  Oral and written ability is assessed with different grades.
  
  All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Leif Östman

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Compendium + other material on Moodle.

  Learning methods

  - Interactive lessons (attendance 75 %)
  - Shorter lectures
  - Pair and group discussions
  - Written exercises and written assignments
  - Own work
  - Presentation and opposition

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Assessment on the basis of
  - Oral exam, oral presentation and other oral exercises (including kokous)
  - Written exams/tests
  - Written assignments
  - Class activity
  - Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  30.08.2021 - 14.11.2021

  Enrollment date range

  11.06.2021 - 05.09.2021

  • 4 credits

  Group(s)

  • BYS19D-V
  • ULA19D-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Emilia Vikfors

  Additional information

  Remember to also sign up for the written and oral parts:
  YH10FI01-M-3075
  YH10FI01-S-3072

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Engineer (Land Surveying), Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Bilingual students can take the course partially at a distance. Some occasions are mandatory for everyone. More info on the first lesson.

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Written exam during the last lesson.
  Retake on general re-examination.

  Student's schedule and workload

  4 credits = 108 h work (c. 42 h in class, c. 66 h own work)

  Assessment criteria

  The assessment of the knowledge in Finnish is based on the European Framework of Reference for Languages ​​(CEFR). Level B1 refers to satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 refers to good knowledge (grades 4–5). The same assessment criteria are used at all universities in Finland. Level A2 or lower is failed.
  Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The assessment of the knowledge in Finnish is based on the European Framework of Reference for Languages ​​(CEFR). Level B1 refers to satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 refers to good knowledge (grades 4–5). The same assessment criteria are used at all universities in Finland. Level A2 or lower is failed.
  Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The assessment of the knowledge in Finnish is based on the European Framework of Reference for Languages ​​(CEFR). Level B1 refers to satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 refers to good knowledge (grades 4–5). The same assessment criteria are used at all universities in Finland. Level A2 or lower is failed.
  Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The assessment of the knowledge in Finnish is based on the European Framework of Reference for Languages ​​(CEFR). Level B1 refers to satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 refers to good knowledge (grades 4–5). The same assessment criteria are used at all universities in Finland. Level A2 or lower is failed.
  Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

•   Finnish for Working Life TKV18FI02-3012 30.08.2021-31.10.2021  4 credits  (MAP19D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  To master the central vocabulary in the own field
  To deal with work-related situations orally and in writing
  To be able to write different types of texts and prepare different types of documents
  Understand and be able to make use of information from texts (articles, official documents etc.) concerning the own industry
  To be able to give a structured presentation in Finnish
  Being able to attend and lead a meeting in Finnish
  Orally and in writing master the central grammar

  Prerequisites

  Suomi

  Content of the study unit

  Working life and own field
  Entrepreneurship
  Business Communications
  Meeting technology and terminology
  Thesis abstract

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The student must demonstrate knowledge of Finnish that is required by the law (424/2003) by public employees and should show satisfactory (grade 1, 2 or 3) or good (grade 4 or 5) ability to use Finnish in speech and writing.
  
  The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5).
  
  Oral and written ability is assessed with different grades.
  
  All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The student must demonstrate knowledge of Finnish that is required by the law (424/2003) by public employees and should show satisfactory (grade 1, 2 or 3) or good (grade 4 or 5) ability to use Finnish in speech and writing.
  
  The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5).
  
  Oral and written ability is assessed with different grades.
  
  All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The student must demonstrate knowledge of Finnish that is required by the law (424/2003) by public employees and should show satisfactory (grade 1, 2 or 3) or good (grade 4 or 5) ability to use Finnish in speech and writing.
  
  The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5).
  
  Oral and written ability is assessed with different grades.
  
  All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Kaj Rintanen

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Compendium + other material on Moodle.

  Learning methods

  - Interactive lessons (attendance 75 %)
  - Shorter lectures
  - Pair and group discussions
  - Written exercises and written assignments
  - Own work
  - Presentation and opposition

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Assessment on the basis of
  - Oral exam, oral presentation and other oral exercises (including kokous)
  - Written exams/tests
  - Written assignments
  - Class activity
  - Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

  Teaching language

  Timing

  30.08.2021 - 31.10.2021

  Enrollment date range

  11.06.2021 - 05.09.2021

  • 4 credits

  Group(s)

  • MAP19D-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Emilia Vikfors

  Additional information

  Remember to also sign up for the written and oral parts:
  YH10FI01-M-3075
  YH10FI01-S-3072

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Engineer (Land Surveying), Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Bilingual students can take the course partially at a distance. Some occasions are mandatory for everyone. More info on the first lesson.

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Written exam during the last lesson.
  Retake on general re-examination.

  Student's schedule and workload

  4 credits = 108 h work (c. 42 h in class, c. 66 h own work)

  Assessment criteria

  The assessment of the knowledge in Finnish is based on the European Framework of Reference for Languages ​​(CEFR). Level B1 refers to satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 refers to good knowledge (grades 4–5). The same assessment criteria are used at all universities in Finland. Level A2 or lower is failed.
  Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The assessment of the knowledge in Finnish is based on the European Framework of Reference for Languages ​​(CEFR). Level B1 refers to satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 refers to good knowledge (grades 4–5). The same assessment criteria are used at all universities in Finland. Level A2 or lower is failed.
  Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The assessment of the knowledge in Finnish is based on the European Framework of Reference for Languages ​​(CEFR). Level B1 refers to satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 refers to good knowledge (grades 4–5). The same assessment criteria are used at all universities in Finland. Level A2 or lower is failed.
  Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The assessment of the knowledge in Finnish is based on the European Framework of Reference for Languages ​​(CEFR). Level B1 refers to satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 refers to good knowledge (grades 4–5). The same assessment criteria are used at all universities in Finland. Level A2 or lower is failed.
  Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

•   Frequency Analysis ELA18GY15-3004 03.01.2022-27.02.2022  3 credits  (ELA20D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  After passing the course, the student is expected to understand how a signal is sampled, represented (in the time and frequency plane) and how to interpret and use a frequency spectrum.

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites

  Content of the study unit

  Different types of signals
  Periodic functions and signals
  Fourier series and representation of periodic signals
  Sampling and the sampling theorem
  Fourier transform and FFT algorithm
  Frequency analysis and interpretation of FFT spectrum
  Signal analysis in matlab

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Knows the characteristics of the frequency spectrum for a periodic signal
  Knows the characteristics of the frequency spectrum for an aperiodic signal
  Can interpret the results of a frequency analysis

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Can use Fourier Series conversion tables to determine the frequency spectrum of some typical signals.
  Understands, on a fundamental level, the relationship between the rate of change of the signal and the frequency spectrum of the signal.
  Can use a frequency analyzer.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Master the integral technique to determine the fourier coefficients for periodic signals.
  Master the transform technique to determine the frequency spectra of aperiodic signals.
  Can use a frequency analyzer and is also familiar with the use of Matlab as a tool for frequency analysis.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  03.01.2022 - 27.02.2022

  Enrollment date range

  15.11.2021 - 09.01.2022

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA20D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA20-V-A (Size: 40. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA20-V-E (Size: 40. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA20-V-K (Size: 40. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA20-V-I (Size: 40. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Ray Pörn

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Fundamentals of Electrical Energy ELA19TE03-3003 06.09.2021-31.10.2021  3 credits  (ET21S-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  To provide basic knowledge in electrical engineering.

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites.

  Content of the study unit

  - DC circuits
  - AC circuits
  - three phase alternating current
  - effect calculations
  - transformers
  - motors / generators
  - electrical safety

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Know how power sources and resistors works in a circuit.
  Can calculate currents and voltages in simple DC and AC circuits.
  Knows the relationship between active, reactive and apparent power.
  Can describe the structure and properties of the transformer.
  Can describe the construction and characteristics of DC motors.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Can calculate serial and parallel connections in resistive, inductive and capacitive circuits.
  Masters the calculation of the power of simple series and parallel circuits.
  Understands the principle of a symmetrical three-phase system
  Can describe the function of transformers.
  Can describe the basic functions of AC motors and generators.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Can calculate current and voltage in combined series and parallel connections of resistors, inductors and capacitors.
  Knows the principles for power adjustment and phase compensation.
  Can calculate voltages and currents in Y- and D-connected symmetrical three-phase systems.
  Can describe the function of three phase transformers.
  Can perform AC motor calculations e.g. efficiency, torque and effect.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Compendium
  Supplementary material.

  Learning methods

  Lectures
  Calculation exercises
  Self studies

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Written exam, at least 33.3 % for approved course grade. (50 % calculation tasks, 50 % theory tasks in the exam).
  No own material allowed at the exam.
  Preparatory exam, can raise the calculation part of the exam (only) at approved course exam (does not apply at re-takes).

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  06.09.2021 - 31.10.2021

  Enrollment date range

  11.06.2021 - 12.09.2021

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ET21S-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Matts Nickull

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Written exam (and preparatory exam).

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  The exam is arranged week 43.

  Student's schedule and workload

  A total of 81 hours, of which lectures / calculation exercises 36 hours (weeks 36 - 45).

  Assessment criteria

  Less than 33.3% of the total points.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Rating 1: 33.3 % - 47.2 % of total points.
  Rating 2: 47.3 % - 61.1 % of total points.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Rating 3: 61.2 % - 74.9 % of the total points.
  Rating 4: 75.0 % - 88.8 % of total points.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  More than 88.8 % of the total points.

•   General Energy Technology TKV18AE01-3011 06.09.2021-12.12.2021  3 credits  (ELA20D-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  After completing the course, the student should be able to describe energy use, energy sources, energy conversion processes and energy technical equipment. The student should be able to assess these, at a basic level, from a technical, economic and sustainability point of view.

  Prerequisites

  Hydromechanics and Thermal Physics (recommended)

  Content of the study unit

  Energy use in Finland and globally
  Energy sources and energy production
  Energy engineering apparatus
  Energy conversion, storage and transport
  Fuels and combustion technology
  Combustion engines and other heat engines
  Power production
  Sustainability and environmental aspects of energy production
  Energy economy

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Can describe the usual energy sources and extraction methods.
  Can describe apparatus and central processes in energy production and energy use and can say where they are used.
  Can describe the main features of energy supply and use in Finland and globally.
  Can mention the most important environmental aspects of energy production and energy use.
  Can list the greenhouse gases and describe how and where they are emitted.
  Can explain the central cost components of energy production.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Can compare different energy sources regarding properties and limitations.
  Can compare properties and limitations of equipment and processes in energy technology. Can explain the operating principle of energy engineering equipment.
  Can compare energy supply and consumption in Finland, neighboring countries and other important countries.
  Can name methods for reducing the environmental impact and can explain their operating principle.
  Can compare the climate impact fof different forms of energy production.
  Can compare the costs of the most common forms of energy production.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Can describe development trends and be able to assess the development opportunities for new energy sources and new types of energy equipment.
  Can explain the underlying causes of differences in energy supply and energy use between different countries and regions.
  Can assess methods for reducing environmental impact from a technical and economic perspective.
  Can describe how the greenhouse effect works and can explain the most important mechanisms in the climate system.
  Can make a profitability calculation for simple energy-technical investments.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Course documentation is within Moodle together with relevant teaching materials and reference documents

  Learning methods

  In-class and directed study
  Individual/Group work

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  -

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  06.09.2021 - 12.12.2021

  Enrollment date range

  11.06.2021 - 12.09.2021

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA20D-V
  • ET21S-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA20-V-S (Size: 65. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA20-V-Y (Size: 65. Open university: 0.)
  • ET21 (Size: 65. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Philip Hollins

  Additional information

  -

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Contact the teacher

  Practical training and working life co-operation

  -

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Assignments an exams during the course.

  Internationa connections

  -

  Student's schedule and workload

  About 81 hours total work load. About 36 lectures (45 min).

  Content scheduling

  -

  Assessment criteria

  -

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Ability to:
  - describe the usual energy sources and extraction methods.
  - describe apparatus and central processes in energy production and energy use as well as ability to name uses for them.
  - describe the main features of energy supply and use in Finland and globally.
  - mention the most important environmental aspects of energy production and energy use.
  - mention the greenhouse gases and describe how and where they occur.
  - explain the central cost components of energy production.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Ability to:
  - compare different energy sources regarding properties and limitations.
  - compare properties and limitations of equipment and processes in energy technology.
  - explain the operating principle of energy engineering equipment.
  - compare energy supply and consumption in Finland, neighboring countries and other central countries.
  - mention methods for reducing the environmental impact and can explain their operating principle.
  - compare the climate impact for different forms of energy production.
  - compare the costs of the most common forms of energy production.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Ability to:
  - describe development trends and to assess the development opportunities for new energy sources and new energy technical equipment.
  - explain the underlying causes of differences in energy supply and energy use between different countries and regions.
  - assess methods for reducing the environmental impact of your technical and financial perspective.
  - describe how the greenhouse effect works
  - explain the most important mechanisms in the climate system.
  - make a profitability calculation for simple energy-technical investments.

•   General Energy Technology TKV18AE01-3012 30.08.2021-17.10.2021  3 credits  (BYS20D-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  After completing the course, the student should be able to describe energy use, energy sources, energy conversion processes and energy technical equipment. The student should be able to assess these, at a basic level, from a technical, economic and sustainability point of view.

  Prerequisites

  Hydromechanics and Thermal Physics (recommended)

  Content of the study unit

  Energy use in Finland and globally
  Energy sources and energy production
  Energy engineering apparatus
  Energy conversion, storage and transport
  Fuels and combustion technology
  Combustion engines and other heat engines
  Power production
  Sustainability and environmental aspects of energy production
  Energy economy

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Can describe the usual energy sources and extraction methods.
  Can describe apparatus and central processes in energy production and energy use and can say where they are used.
  Can describe the main features of energy supply and use in Finland and globally.
  Can mention the most important environmental aspects of energy production and energy use.
  Can list the greenhouse gases and describe how and where they are emitted.
  Can explain the central cost components of energy production.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Can compare different energy sources regarding properties and limitations.
  Can compare properties and limitations of equipment and processes in energy technology. Can explain the operating principle of energy engineering equipment.
  Can compare energy supply and consumption in Finland, neighboring countries and other important countries.
  Can name methods for reducing the environmental impact and can explain their operating principle.
  Can compare the climate impact fof different forms of energy production.
  Can compare the costs of the most common forms of energy production.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Can describe development trends and be able to assess the development opportunities for new energy sources and new types of energy equipment.
  Can explain the underlying causes of differences in energy supply and energy use between different countries and regions.
  Can assess methods for reducing environmental impact from a technical and economic perspective.
  Can describe how the greenhouse effect works and can explain the most important mechanisms in the climate system.
  Can make a profitability calculation for simple energy-technical investments.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Leif Östman

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  30.08.2021 - 17.10.2021

  Enrollment date range

  11.06.2021 - 05.09.2021

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • BYS20D-V
  • BYL20D-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Mats Borg

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   General Energy Technology TKV18AE01-3013 30.08.2021-17.10.2021  3 credits  (PRE20D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  After completing the course, the student should be able to describe energy use, energy sources, energy conversion processes and energy technical equipment. The student should be able to assess these, at a basic level, from a technical, economic and sustainability point of view.

  Prerequisites

  Hydromechanics and Thermal Physics (recommended)

  Content of the study unit

  Energy use in Finland and globally
  Energy sources and energy production
  Energy engineering apparatus
  Energy conversion, storage and transport
  Fuels and combustion technology
  Combustion engines and other heat engines
  Power production
  Sustainability and environmental aspects of energy production
  Energy economy

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Can describe the usual energy sources and extraction methods.
  Can describe apparatus and central processes in energy production and energy use and can say where they are used.
  Can describe the main features of energy supply and use in Finland and globally.
  Can mention the most important environmental aspects of energy production and energy use.
  Can list the greenhouse gases and describe how and where they are emitted.
  Can explain the central cost components of energy production.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Can compare different energy sources regarding properties and limitations.
  Can compare properties and limitations of equipment and processes in energy technology. Can explain the operating principle of energy engineering equipment.
  Can compare energy supply and consumption in Finland, neighboring countries and other important countries.
  Can name methods for reducing the environmental impact and can explain their operating principle.
  Can compare the climate impact fof different forms of energy production.
  Can compare the costs of the most common forms of energy production.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Can describe development trends and be able to assess the development opportunities for new energy sources and new types of energy equipment.
  Can explain the underlying causes of differences in energy supply and energy use between different countries and regions.
  Can assess methods for reducing environmental impact from a technical and economic perspective.
  Can describe how the greenhouse effect works and can explain the most important mechanisms in the climate system.
  Can make a profitability calculation for simple energy-technical investments.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Roger Nylund

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  30.08.2021 - 17.10.2021

  Enrollment date range

  11.06.2021 - 05.09.2021

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • PRE20D-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Mats Borg

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   General Energy Technology TKV18AE01-3014 07.03.2022-24.04.2022  3 credits  (ÖH21MAPLED-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  After completing the course, the student should be able to describe energy use, energy sources, energy conversion processes and energy technical equipment. The student should be able to assess these, at a basic level, from a technical, economic and sustainability point of view.

  Prerequisites

  Hydromechanics and Thermal Physics (recommended)

  Content of the study unit

  Energy use in Finland and globally
  Energy sources and energy production
  Energy engineering apparatus
  Energy conversion, storage and transport
  Fuels and combustion technology
  Combustion engines and other heat engines
  Power production
  Sustainability and environmental aspects of energy production
  Energy economy

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Can describe the usual energy sources and extraction methods.
  Can describe apparatus and central processes in energy production and energy use and can say where they are used.
  Can describe the main features of energy supply and use in Finland and globally.
  Can mention the most important environmental aspects of energy production and energy use.
  Can list the greenhouse gases and describe how and where they are emitted.
  Can explain the central cost components of energy production.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Can compare different energy sources regarding properties and limitations.
  Can compare properties and limitations of equipment and processes in energy technology. Can explain the operating principle of energy engineering equipment.
  Can compare energy supply and consumption in Finland, neighboring countries and other important countries.
  Can name methods for reducing the environmental impact and can explain their operating principle.
  Can compare the climate impact fof different forms of energy production.
  Can compare the costs of the most common forms of energy production.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Can describe development trends and be able to assess the development opportunities for new energy sources and new types of energy equipment.
  Can explain the underlying causes of differences in energy supply and energy use between different countries and regions.
  Can assess methods for reducing environmental impact from a technical and economic perspective.
  Can describe how the greenhouse effect works and can explain the most important mechanisms in the climate system.
  Can make a profitability calculation for simple energy-technical investments.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Kaj Rintanen

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  07.03.2022 - 24.04.2022

  Enrollment date range

  15.11.2021 - 07.03.2022

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ÖH21MAPLED-V
  • MAP21D-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Mats Borg

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Geometry and Vectors TKV18MA02-3013 25.10.2021-19.12.2021  3 credits  (ÖH21ELALED-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student can use geometry, trigonometry and vectors to model and solve problems

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites

  Content of the study unit

  - Right angled triangles
  - Basic trigonometric functions (cosine, sine and tangent)
  - Angle units (degrees vs radians)
  - The sine and cosine formula
  - Uniformity and scales
  - Definition of the vector concept
  - Rules for vector operations
  - Dot product
  - Projections
  - Cross product
  - Introduction to matrices
  - MatchCad exercises

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Trigonometry: Master the trigonometry of right angled triangles
  Area and volume calculations: Can calculate areas and volumes of simple figures and bodies
  Vectors: Can perform calculations with two-dimensional vectors
  Matrices: Knows matrices and determinants and can perform simple calculations with them
  Models and problem solving: Have some understanding of how to use a mathematical model and how it can be solved.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Trigonometry: Master the trigonometry of any triangle
  Area and volume calculations: Can calculate areas and volumes for more complicated figures and bodies
  Vectors: Can do basic calculations with three-dimensional vectors
  Matrices: Can set up and solve linear equation systems using matrices
  Models and problem solving: Have a good understanding of how to use a mathematical model and how it can be solved.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Trigonometry: Can apply the theory for solving more complicated problems
  Area and volume calculations: Can calculate areas and volumes for figures and bodies using vectors
  Vectors: Can apply vectors to more complicated problems and master the use of vectors in software programs.
  Matrices: Master the use of matrices in software programs
  Models and problem solving: Can apply mathematical models to technical problems.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Allt kursmaterial finns i Moodle-kursen. Materialet blir tillgängligt när man anmält sig till kursen i Peppi.
  
  Endast en enkel funktionsräknare är tillåten, inte en grafräknare/CAS-räknare.
  Maols tabellsamling, eller annan dylik tabellsamling, får användas under tentitllfällena.
  Under kursens gång använder vi även e-math. (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Föreläsningar och övningar på lektionstid, antingen i klass eller via Webex.
  Vid anmälning till kursen bör studerande välja rätt undergrupp.
  
  De studerande förväntas göra hemuppgifter varje vecka.
  De studerande förväntas använda det digitala verktyget e-math för att lösa uppgifter. (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Kursen bedöms utgående från den studerandes prestationer i deltenterna samt andelen räknade hemuppgifter.
  
  Det kommer att ordnas två deltenter a 25 p, totalt 50 p. Hemuppgifter belönas med max 10 p
  Studerande bör vara godkänd i båda deltenterna (minst 8 p) samt ha minst 20 p totlat för att bli godkänd i kursen.
  Kursen kan även tenteras med en enda tent efter kursens slut.
  
  Vitsordsskalan:
  20 p - 1
  28 p - 2
  36 p - 3
  44 p - 4
  52 p - 5 (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  25.10.2021 - 19.12.2021

  Enrollment date range

  11.06.2021 - 25.10.2021

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ÖH21ELALED-V
  • ELA21D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA21-V-S (Size: 45. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA21-V-Y (Size: 45. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Sofia Frilund

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Kursens innehåll delas in i två deltenter.
  Efter kursens slut tenteras kursen med en enda kurstent. (not translated)

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Tidpunkterna för deltenterna meddelas vid kursens början.
  De framgår även i Moodle-kursen. (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  Undervisning i klass: 36 timmar
  Tentamen: 4 timmar
  Eget arbete: 41 timmar
  Totalt: 81 timmar (not translated)

  Content scheduling

  Se kursens lektionsplanering i Moodle. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Uppnår inte kriterierna för vitsordet 1 (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Behärskar rätvinkliga triangelns trigonometri.
  Kan beräkna areor och volymer av enkla figurer och kroppar.
  Kan utföra beräkningar med tvådimensionella vektorer
  Har viss förståelse för hur man använder en matematisk modell och hur denna kan lösas. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Behärskar godtyckliga triangelns trigonometri.
  Kan beräkna areor och volymer för mer komplicerade figurer och kroppar.
  Kan grundläggande beräkningar med tre-dimensionella vektorer.
  Har god förståelse för hur man använder en matematisk modell och hur denna kan lösas. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Behärskar alla typer av trianglars trigonometri och kan lösa mer komplicerade problemställningar.
  Kan beräkna areor och volymer för figurer och kroppar analytiskt och med hjälp av vektorer.
  Kan tillämpa vektorer på mer komplicerade problemställningar och behärskar användning av vektorer i beräkningsprogram.
  Kan tillämpa matematiska modeller på tekniska problemställningar. (not translated)

•   Geometry and Vectors TKV18MA02-3015 25.10.2021-23.01.2022  3 credits  (ÖH21LALED-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student can use geometry, trigonometry and vectors to model and solve problems

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites

  Content of the study unit

  - Right angled triangles
  - Basic trigonometric functions (cosine, sine and tangent)
  - Angle units (degrees vs radians)
  - The sine and cosine formula
  - Uniformity and scales
  - Definition of the vector concept
  - Rules for vector operations
  - Dot product
  - Projections
  - Cross product
  - Introduction to matrices
  - MatchCad exercises

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Trigonometry: Master the trigonometry of right angled triangles
  Area and volume calculations: Can calculate areas and volumes of simple figures and bodies
  Vectors: Can perform calculations with two-dimensional vectors
  Matrices: Knows matrices and determinants and can perform simple calculations with them
  Models and problem solving: Have some understanding of how to use a mathematical model and how it can be solved.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Trigonometry: Master the trigonometry of any triangle
  Area and volume calculations: Can calculate areas and volumes for more complicated figures and bodies
  Vectors: Can do basic calculations with three-dimensional vectors
  Matrices: Can set up and solve linear equation systems using matrices
  Models and problem solving: Have a good understanding of how to use a mathematical model and how it can be solved.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Trigonometry: Can apply the theory for solving more complicated problems
  Area and volume calculations: Can calculate areas and volumes for figures and bodies using vectors
  Vectors: Can apply vectors to more complicated problems and master the use of vectors in software programs.
  Matrices: Master the use of matrices in software programs
  Models and problem solving: Can apply mathematical models to technical problems.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Leif Östman

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Allt material finns i Moodle- kursen . Materialet blir tillgängligt när man anmält sig till kursen i PEPPI
  En enkel räknare behövs, samt en tabellsamling ( t.ex. MAOL )
  Under kursens gång använder vi även e-math och Mathcad (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Föreläsningar och övningar.
  Undervisningen sker i mindre grupper i klass eller via Webex.
  Vid anmälning till kursen bör studerande välja rätt undergrupp.
  
  De studerande förväntas göra hemuppgifter varje vecka . De förväntas använda det elektroniska räknehäftet e-math (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Kursen bedöms utgående från den studerandes prestationer i deltenterna samt andelen räknade hemuppgifter.
  Det kommer att ordnas två deltenter a 25 p, totalt 50 p. Hemuppgifter belönas med max 10p
  Studerande bör vara godkänd i båda deltenterna ( minst 8 p ) samt ha minst 20 p totlat för att bli godkänd i kursen.
  Kursen kan även tenteras med en enda tent efter kursens slut.
  Vitsordsskalan :
  20 p 1
  28 p 2
  36 p 3
  44 p 4
  52 p 5 (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  25.10.2021 - 23.01.2022

  Enrollment date range

  11.06.2021 - 10.11.2021

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ÖH21LALED-V
  • BYL21D-V
  • BYS21D-V
  • ÖH21BYSLED-V

  Small group(s)

  • BYS21-V-s (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • BYS21-V-y (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • BYL21-V-s (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • BYL21-V-y (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Ing-Britt Rögård

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Under kursens gång ordnas två deltenter.
  Efter kursens slut kan kursen tenteras med en enda kurstent. (not translated)

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Under kursens gång hålls två deltenter.
  Tidpunkten för dessa meddelas i början av kursen och noteras även i Moodle. (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  Undervisning i klass : 36 timmar
  Tentamen : 4 timmar
  Eget arbete : 41 timmar
  Totalt : 81 timmar (not translated)

  Content scheduling

  Se kursens lektionsplanering i Moodle (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Uppnår inte kriterierna för vitsordet 1 (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Behärskar rätvinkliga triangelns trigonometri
  Kan beräkna areor och volymer av enkla figurer och kroppar
  Kan utföra beräkningar med tvådimensionella vektorer
  Känner till matriser och determinanter och kan utföra enkla beräkningar med dem
  Har viss förståelse för hur man använder en matematisk modell och hur denna kan lösas. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Behärskar godtyckliga triangelns trigonometri
  Kan beräkna areor och volymer för mer komplicerade figurer och kroppar
  Kan grundläggande beräkningar med tre-dimensionella vektorer
  Kan ställa upp och lösa linjära ekvationssystem med hjälp av matriser
  Har god förståelse för hur man använder en matematisk modell och hur denna kan lösas. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Behärskar alla typer av trianglars trigonometri och kan lösa mer komplicerade problemställningar
  Kan beräkna areor och volymer för figurer och kroppar analytiskt och med hjälp av vektorer
  Kan tillämpa vektorer på mer komplicerade problemställningar
  och behärskar användning av vektorer i beräkningsprogram
  Behärskar användning av matriser i beräkningsprogram
  Kan tillämpa matematiska modeller på tekniska problemställningar. (not translated)

•   Geometry and Vectors TKV18MA02-3016 25.10.2021-31.12.2021  3 credits  (ÖH21PRELED-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student can use geometry, trigonometry and vectors to model and solve problems

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites

  Content of the study unit

  - Right angled triangles
  - Basic trigonometric functions (cosine, sine and tangent)
  - Angle units (degrees vs radians)
  - The sine and cosine formula
  - Uniformity and scales
  - Definition of the vector concept
  - Rules for vector operations
  - Dot product
  - Projections
  - Cross product
  - Introduction to matrices
  - MatchCad exercises

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Trigonometry: Master the trigonometry of right angled triangles
  Area and volume calculations: Can calculate areas and volumes of simple figures and bodies
  Vectors: Can perform calculations with two-dimensional vectors
  Matrices: Knows matrices and determinants and can perform simple calculations with them
  Models and problem solving: Have some understanding of how to use a mathematical model and how it can be solved.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Trigonometry: Master the trigonometry of any triangle
  Area and volume calculations: Can calculate areas and volumes for more complicated figures and bodies
  Vectors: Can do basic calculations with three-dimensional vectors
  Matrices: Can set up and solve linear equation systems using matrices
  Models and problem solving: Have a good understanding of how to use a mathematical model and how it can be solved.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Trigonometry: Can apply the theory for solving more complicated problems
  Area and volume calculations: Can calculate areas and volumes for figures and bodies using vectors
  Vectors: Can apply vectors to more complicated problems and master the use of vectors in software programs.
  Matrices: Master the use of matrices in software programs
  Models and problem solving: Can apply mathematical models to technical problems.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Kaj Rintanen

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Allt material finns i Moodle- kursen . Materialet blir tillgängligt när man anmält sig till kursen i PEPPI
  En enkel räknare används, samt en tabellsamling ( t.ex. MAOL )
  Under kursens gång använder vi även e-math och Mathcad (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Föreläsningar och övningar.
  Undervisningen sker i mindre grupper i klass eller via Webex.
  Vid anmälning till kursen bör studerande välja rätt undergrupp.
  
  De studerande förväntas göra hemuppgifter varje vecka . De förväntas använda det elektroniska räknehäftet e-math (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Kursen bedöms utgående från den studerandes prestationer i deltenterna samt andelen räknade hemuppgifter.
  Det kommer att ordnas två deltenter a 25 p, totalt 50 p. Hemuppgifter belönas med max 10p
  Studerande bör vara godkänd i båda deltenterna ( minst 8 p ) samt ha minst 20 p totlat för att bli godkänd i kursen.
  Kursen kan även tenteras med en enda tent efter kursens slut.
  Vitsordsskalan :
  20 p 1
  28 p 2
  36 p 3
  44 p 4
  52 p 5 (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  25.10.2021 - 31.12.2021

  Enrollment date range

  11.06.2021 - 10.11.2021

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ÖH21PRELED-V
  • ÖH21MAPLED-V
  • MAP21D-V
  • PRE21D-V

  Small group(s)

  • MAP21-V-S (Size: 40. Open university: 0.)
  • MAP21-V-Y (Size: 40. Open university: 0.)
  • PRE21-V-S (Size: 40. Open university: 0.)
  • PRE21-V-Y (Size: 40. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Ing-Britt Rögård, Sofia Frilund

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Under kursens gång ordnas två deltenter.
  Efter kursens slut kan kursen tenteras med en enda kurstent. (not translated)

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Under kursens gång hålls två deltenter.
  Tidpunkten för dessa meddelas i början av kursen och noteras även i Moodle. (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  Undervisning i klass : 36 timmar
  Tentamen : 4 timmar
  Eget arbete : 41 timmar
  Totalt : 81 timmar (not translated)

  Content scheduling

  Se kursens lektionsplanering i Moodle (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Uppnår inte kriterierna för vitsordet 1 (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Behärskar rätvinkliga triangelns trigonometri
  Kan beräkna areor och volymer av enkla figurer och kroppar
  Kan utföra beräkningar med tvådimensionella vektorer
  Känner till matriser och determinanter och kan utföra enkla beräkningar med dem
  Har viss förståelse för hur man använder en matematisk modell och hur denna kan lösas. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Behärskar godtyckliga triangelns trigonometri
  Kan beräkna areor och volymer för mer komplicerade figurer och kroppar
  Kan grundläggande beräkningar med tre-dimensionella vektorer
  Kan ställa upp och lösa linjära ekvationssystem med hjälp av matriser
  Har god förståelse för hur man använder en matematisk modell och hur denna kan lösas. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Behärskar alla typer av trianglars trigonometri och kan lösa mer komplicerade problemställningar
  Kan beräkna areor och volymer för figurer och kroppar analytiskt och med hjälp av vektorer
  Kan tillämpa vektorer på mer komplicerade problemställningar
  och behärskar användning av vektorer i beräkningsprogram
  Behärskar användning av matriser i beräkningsprogram
  Kan tillämpa matematiska modeller på tekniska problemställningar. (not translated)

•   Graphic Programming ELA18DS02-3002 17.01.2022-20.03.2022  3 credits  (ELA19D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  In this course, the student will learn how to create 2D and 3D models for visualization. The course also teaches the underlying mathematics needed to be able to program and implement visual systems.

  Prerequisites

  All mathematics and programming courses.

  Content of the study unit

  - 3D math
  - Visualization tools
  - Modeling
  - Simulation modeling and programming

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Understand the visualization math for both 2D and 3D.
  Can make simple visualizations using software.
  Basic knowledge how to use software to design graphic elements. Understand on interactive elements.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Can apply calculation models for visualization.
  Can modify and maintain visualization programs.
  Can produce new graphic elements and visualization artifacts. Can create interactive elements via scripts or tools.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Can develop and change calculation models for given problems.
  Can develop new software for specific new visualization needs.
  Can design AR / VR based graphic elements and program new interactive elements.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  17.01.2022 - 20.03.2022

  Enrollment date range

  15.11.2021 - 17.01.2022

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA19D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA19-V-I (Size: 25. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Kaj Wikman

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   High Voltage Engineering ELA18EK03-3001 06.09.2021-19.12.2021  3 credits  (ELA18D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  After passing the course, the student is expected to:
  Know and be able to calculate how the electric field strength is distributed when combining different insulating materials.
  Know and be able to describe different electrical phenomena that can occur in different types of insulating material.
  Know and be able to describe how different insulating materials are ageing, and how this can be monitored.
  Know and be able to describe how different overvoltages occur, and how to protect electrical equipment against them.
  Know and be able to choose equipment for testing and measuring high voltages.

  Prerequisites

  The course Electric Power Utilization.

  Content of the study unit

  Insulators in electric fields.
  Electric discharges.
  Isolation process of ageing.
  Overvoltage surges.
  Test and measurement technology.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Knows how the electric field strength is distributed when combining different insulating materials.
  Knows different discharge phenomena that can occur in different types of insulating materials.
  Knows how different insulating materials become obsolete, and how the aging process can be monitored.
  Knows how different surges occur, and how different electrical equipment can be protected against these surges.
  Knows equipment for testing and measuring high voltages.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Can calculate how the electric field strength is distributed when combining different insulating materials.
  Can describe different discharge phenomena that can occur in different types of insulating materials.
  Can describe how different insulating materials become obsolete, and how the aging process can be monitored.
  Can describe how different surges occur, and how different electrical equipment can be protected against these surges.
  Can select and describe equipment for testing and measuring high voltages.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Can calculate different sizes for more complex insulation arrangements.
  Can make a detailed description of different discharge phenomena that can occur in different types of insulating materials.
  Can make a detailed description of how different insulating materials become obsolete, and how the aging process can be monitored.
  Can make a detailed description of how different surges occur, and how different electrical equipment can be protected against these surges.
  Can select and describe equipment for testing and measuring high voltages, and describe the accuracy.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Compendium, found on Moodle
  Elkraftsystem 1, from Elkrafthandboken-series
  Suurjännitetekniikka by Aro, Elovaara, etc.

  Learning methods

  Lectures
  Practical calculation
  Self studies
  Assessed lab

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  The written exam consists of five questions of 4 points, ie a total of 20 points. About 50% theoretical questions, other half calculations.
  In the calculation exercises, an answer gives four points if the calculations are complete with the right values ​​and the correct answer. Careless errors give deductions.
  The lab is assessed with points 1-5 per lab, ie a total of 10 points. The report is primarily assessed, but the own activity during the laboratory session is also taken into account.

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  06.09.2021 - 19.12.2021

  Enrollment date range

  11.06.2021 - 06.09.2021

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA18D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA18-V-K (Size: 20. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Written exam
  Two lab reports, approved.

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Exam around week 43.

  Student's schedule and workload

  A total of 81 hours, of which contact lessons are six weeks with two lessons of two hours per week. In addition, two laboratory sessions of 4-5 hours.

  Content scheduling

  Theory during weeks 36 - 41. Laborations during weeks 43 - 50.

  Assessment criteria

  Less than 10 points.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Grade 1: 10 - 11,5 points
  Grade 2: 12 - 14,5 points

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Grade 3: 15 - 18,5 points
  Grade 4: 19 - 23,5 points

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  24 points and more

•   Hybrid Systems ELA18DS04-3002 24.01.2022-01.05.2022  5 credits  (ELA19D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student should understand the development of hybrid cloud systems. A hybrid cloud service is a combination of a private cloud, its own data center and / or a public cloud.

  Prerequisites

  All IT courses in grade 3.

  Content of the study unit

  - Virtualization in distributed data centers
  - The structure of the infrastructure
  - Programming and business activities, what to consider.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Understand the concepts and be able to plan virtualization solutions.
  Know about different solution models.
  Can implement simple cloud solutions.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Can deploy virtualized solutions.
  Can deploy cloud solutions.
  Can implement solutions that use nodes both locally and in the cloud.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Can distribute virtualized software.
  Can deploy hybrid cloud solutions.
  Can implement integrated solutions that use hybrid clouds.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  24.01.2022 - 01.05.2022

  Enrollment date range

  15.11.2021 - 24.01.2022

  • 5 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA19D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA19-V-I (Size: 25. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Kaj Wikman

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Hydromechanics and Thermal Physics TKV18HV01-3011 30.08.2021-28.11.2021  4 credits  (ELA20D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  To teach basic concepts and important relationships for understanding heat and the thermal properties of matter. The course also includes laboratory work, analyzing measurements and writing reports on the results.

  Prerequisites

  Mechanics (recommended)

  Content of the study unit

  Pressure, Archimedes' principle and buoyancy
  Fluid flow, linear and quadratic drag
  Heat and temperature
  Heat capacity and calorimetry
  Phase transitions
  Humidity
  Heating value and combustion
  Heating processes with continuous flows
  The ideal gas law
  Heat transfer mechanisms
  Heat conduction through layers
  Analysing and reporting measurements from laboratory work (measurement uncertainty, regression analysis)

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - Can carry out measurements according to instructions and correctly record measurements.
  - Can assess the uncertainty of a measured value.
  - Can calculate with propagation of errors.
  - Can write a report containing all the essential structural elements and present results in an understandable way.
  - Can calculate hydrostatic pressure.
  - Can use the continuity condition.
  - Can determine the nature of the flow (laminar/turbulent) in a pipe.
  - Understands central quantities and concepts in heat theory.
  - Can make simple calculations with heat expansion, gas laws, heat capacity and heat transport.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - Can plan measurements to obtain representative values.
  - Can systematically note measurements.
  - Can calculate uncertainties with regression analysis.
  - Can assess the relative impact of measurement uncertainties on the uncertainty of the end result.
  - Can write a report with correct formalism regarding units, notation, rounding, table structure and graphical presentation.
  - Can calculate forces on bodies in a fluid, both at rest and in relative motion.
  - Can do calorimetric calculations.
  - Can apply the ideal gas law to closed systems.
  - Can calculate heat transfer through flat walls.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - Can perform measurements efficiently and systematically.
  - Can plan the measurements and make corrections to determine the final results with good accuracy.
  - Can perform an uncertainty analysis by linearizing physical relationships.
  - Can write a report that is balanced, economical and virtually free from formal errors.
  - Can present the data and analysis process in a systematic and easy to read manner.
  - Can calculate the motion for a body falling though a fluid.
  - Can perform calorimetric calculations with phase transitions.
  - Can apply the ideal gas law to open systems.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Kompendium och annat material delas på kurssidan (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Föreläsningar och övningar
  Laborationer med rapportering
  Inlämningsuppgifter (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Vitsordet baserar sig på labbrapporter, inlämningsuppgifter och tentamen. (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  30.08.2021 - 28.11.2021

  Enrollment date range

  11.06.2021 - 05.09.2021

  • 4 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA20D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA20-V-S1 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA20-V-S2 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA20-V-Y1 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA20-V-Y2 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Anders Skjäl

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Tentamen mot slutet av kursen
  Två omtagningsmöjligheter på specificerade allmänna omtagningstillfällen (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  108 h
  Närundervisning 38 h
  Laboratoriearbete 12 h
  Rapportering 16 h
  Inlämningsuppgifter 22 h
  Självstudier 20 h (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Uppnår inte kriterierna för vitsordet 1. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - Kan genomföra mätningar enligt anvisningar och korrekt notera uppmätta resultat.
  - Kan bedöma osäkerheten hos ett uppmätt värde.
  - Kan beräkna osäkerhetsprogression.
  - Kan skriva en rapport som innehåller alla väsentliga strukturella element och presentera resultat på ett förståeligt sätt.
  - Kan räkna hydrostatiskt tryck.
  - Kan använda kontinuitetsvillkoret.
  - Kan för rörströmning avgöra strömningens karaktär.
  - Förstår innebörden av centrala storheter och begrepp i värmeläran.
  - Kan göra enkla beräkningar med värmeutvidgning, gaslagar, värmekapacitet och värmetransport. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - Kan planera mätningar för att erhålla representativa och väl spridda värden.
  - Kan systematiskt notera uppmätta resultat.
  - Kan beräkna osäkerhet genom regressionsanalys.
  - Kan bedöma den relativa inverkan av mätosäkerheten hos olika uppmätta variabler på slutresultatets osäkerhet.
  - Kan skriva en rapport med huvudsakligen korrekt formalism gällande enheter, beteckningar, avrundning, tabellstruktur och grafisk presentation
  - Kan beräkna krafter på kroppar i en fluid både i vila och i relativ rörelse.
  - Kan göra kalorimetriska beräkningar.
  - Kan tillämpa idealgaslagen på slutna system.
  - Kan räkna värmegenomgång genom plan vägg. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - Kan effektivt och systematiskt utföra mätningar.
  - Kan planera dessa och vidta korrigerande åtgärder så att slutresultat med god noggrannhet erhålls.
  - Kan göra en osäkerhetsanalys genom att linearisera fysikaliska samband.
  - Kan skriva en rapport som är balanserad, ekonomisk och så gott som fri från formella fel.
  - Kan presentera data och analysprocessen på ett systematiskt och lättläst sätt.
  - Kan räkna fallrörelse för kropp i fluid.
  - Kan göra kalorimetriska beräkningar med fasövergångar.
  - Kan tillämpa idealgaslagen på öppna system. (not translated)

•   Hydromechanics and Thermal Physics TKV18HV01-3012 30.08.2021-05.12.2021  4 credits  (BYS20D-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  To teach basic concepts and important relationships for understanding heat and the thermal properties of matter. The course also includes laboratory work, analyzing measurements and writing reports on the results.

  Prerequisites

  Mechanics (recommended)

  Content of the study unit

  Pressure, Archimedes' principle and buoyancy
  Fluid flow, linear and quadratic drag
  Heat and temperature
  Heat capacity and calorimetry
  Phase transitions
  Humidity
  Heating value and combustion
  Heating processes with continuous flows
  The ideal gas law
  Heat transfer mechanisms
  Heat conduction through layers
  Analysing and reporting measurements from laboratory work (measurement uncertainty, regression analysis)

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - Can carry out measurements according to instructions and correctly record measurements.
  - Can assess the uncertainty of a measured value.
  - Can calculate with propagation of errors.
  - Can write a report containing all the essential structural elements and present results in an understandable way.
  - Can calculate hydrostatic pressure.
  - Can use the continuity condition.
  - Can determine the nature of the flow (laminar/turbulent) in a pipe.
  - Understands central quantities and concepts in heat theory.
  - Can make simple calculations with heat expansion, gas laws, heat capacity and heat transport.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - Can plan measurements to obtain representative values.
  - Can systematically note measurements.
  - Can calculate uncertainties with regression analysis.
  - Can assess the relative impact of measurement uncertainties on the uncertainty of the end result.
  - Can write a report with correct formalism regarding units, notation, rounding, table structure and graphical presentation.
  - Can calculate forces on bodies in a fluid, both at rest and in relative motion.
  - Can do calorimetric calculations.
  - Can apply the ideal gas law to closed systems.
  - Can calculate heat transfer through flat walls.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - Can perform measurements efficiently and systematically.
  - Can plan the measurements and make corrections to determine the final results with good accuracy.
  - Can perform an uncertainty analysis by linearizing physical relationships.
  - Can write a report that is balanced, economical and virtually free from formal errors.
  - Can present the data and analysis process in a systematic and easy to read manner.
  - Can calculate the motion for a body falling though a fluid.
  - Can perform calorimetric calculations with phase transitions.
  - Can apply the ideal gas law to open systems.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Leif Östman

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Kompendium och annat material delas på kurssidan (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Föreläsningar och övningar
  Laborationer med rapportering
  Inlämningsuppgifter (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Vitsordet baserar sig på labbrapporter, inlämningsuppgifter och tentamen. (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  30.08.2021 - 05.12.2021

  Enrollment date range

  11.06.2021 - 05.09.2021

  • 4 credits

  Group(s)

  • BYS20D-V
  • BYL20D-V

  Small group(s)

  • Group 1 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • Group 2 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Anders Skjäl

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Tentamen mot slutet av kursen
  Två omtagningsmöjligheter på specificerade allmänna omtagningstillfällen (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  108 h
  Närundervisning 38 h
  Laboratoriearbete 12 h
  Rapportering 16 h
  Inlämningsuppgifter 22 h
  Självstudier 20 h (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Uppnår inte kriterierna för vitsordet 1. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - Kan genomföra mätningar enligt anvisningar och korrekt notera uppmätta resultat.
  - Kan bedöma osäkerheten hos ett uppmätt värde.
  - Kan beräkna osäkerhetsprogression.
  - Kan skriva en rapport som innehåller alla väsentliga strukturella element och presentera resultat på ett förståeligt sätt.
  - Kan räkna hydrostatiskt tryck.
  - Kan använda kontinuitetsvillkoret.
  - Kan för rörströmning avgöra strömningens karaktär.
  - Förstår innebörden av centrala storheter och begrepp i värmeläran.
  - Kan göra enkla beräkningar med värmeutvidgning, gaslagar, värmekapacitet och värmetransport. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - Kan planera mätningar för att erhålla representativa och väl spridda värden.
  - Kan systematiskt notera uppmätta resultat.
  - Kan beräkna osäkerhet genom regressionsanalys.
  - Kan bedöma den relativa inverkan av mätosäkerheten hos olika uppmätta variabler på slutresultatets osäkerhet.
  - Kan skriva en rapport med huvudsakligen korrekt formalism gällande enheter, beteckningar, avrundning, tabellstruktur och grafisk presentation
  - Kan beräkna krafter på kroppar i en fluid både i vila och i relativ rörelse.
  - Kan göra kalorimetriska beräkningar.
  - Kan tillämpa idealgaslagen på slutna system.
  - Kan räkna värmegenomgång genom plan vägg. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - Kan effektivt och systematiskt utföra mätningar.
  - Kan planera dessa och vidta korrigerande åtgärder så att slutresultat med god noggrannhet erhålls.
  - Kan göra en osäkerhetsanalys genom att linearisera fysikaliska samband.
  - Kan skriva en rapport som är balanserad, ekonomisk och så gott som fri från formella fel.
  - Kan presentera data och analysprocessen på ett systematiskt och lättläst sätt.
  - Kan räkna fallrörelse för kropp i fluid.
  - Kan göra kalorimetriska beräkningar med fasövergångar.
  - Kan tillämpa idealgaslagen på öppna system. (not translated)

•   Hydromechanics and Thermal Physics TKV18HV01-3013 30.08.2021-12.12.2021  4 credits  (MAP20D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  To teach basic concepts and important relationships for understanding heat and the thermal properties of matter. The course also includes laboratory work, analyzing measurements and writing reports on the results.

  Prerequisites

  Mechanics (recommended)

  Content of the study unit

  Pressure, Archimedes' principle and buoyancy
  Fluid flow, linear and quadratic drag
  Heat and temperature
  Heat capacity and calorimetry
  Phase transitions
  Humidity
  Heating value and combustion
  Heating processes with continuous flows
  The ideal gas law
  Heat transfer mechanisms
  Heat conduction through layers
  Analysing and reporting measurements from laboratory work (measurement uncertainty, regression analysis)

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - Can carry out measurements according to instructions and correctly record measurements.
  - Can assess the uncertainty of a measured value.
  - Can calculate with propagation of errors.
  - Can write a report containing all the essential structural elements and present results in an understandable way.
  - Can calculate hydrostatic pressure.
  - Can use the continuity condition.
  - Can determine the nature of the flow (laminar/turbulent) in a pipe.
  - Understands central quantities and concepts in heat theory.
  - Can make simple calculations with heat expansion, gas laws, heat capacity and heat transport.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - Can plan measurements to obtain representative values.
  - Can systematically note measurements.
  - Can calculate uncertainties with regression analysis.
  - Can assess the relative impact of measurement uncertainties on the uncertainty of the end result.
  - Can write a report with correct formalism regarding units, notation, rounding, table structure and graphical presentation.
  - Can calculate forces on bodies in a fluid, both at rest and in relative motion.
  - Can do calorimetric calculations.
  - Can apply the ideal gas law to closed systems.
  - Can calculate heat transfer through flat walls.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - Can perform measurements efficiently and systematically.
  - Can plan the measurements and make corrections to determine the final results with good accuracy.
  - Can perform an uncertainty analysis by linearizing physical relationships.
  - Can write a report that is balanced, economical and virtually free from formal errors.
  - Can present the data and analysis process in a systematic and easy to read manner.
  - Can calculate the motion for a body falling though a fluid.
  - Can perform calorimetric calculations with phase transitions.
  - Can apply the ideal gas law to open systems.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Kaj Rintanen

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  30.08.2021 - 12.12.2021

  Enrollment date range

  11.06.2021 - 05.09.2021

  • 4 credits

  Group(s)

  • MAP20D-V

  Small group(s)

  • MAP20-V-K (Size: 0. Open university: 0.)
  • MAP20-V-B (Size: 0. Open university: 0.)
  • MAP20-V-D (Size: 0. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Mats Borg

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Hydromechanics and Thermal Physics TKV18HV01-3014 30.08.2021-14.11.2021  4 credits  (PRE20D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  To teach basic concepts and important relationships for understanding heat and the thermal properties of matter. The course also includes laboratory work, analyzing measurements and writing reports on the results.

  Prerequisites

  Mechanics (recommended)

  Content of the study unit

  Pressure, Archimedes' principle and buoyancy
  Fluid flow, linear and quadratic drag
  Heat and temperature
  Heat capacity and calorimetry
  Phase transitions
  Humidity
  Heating value and combustion
  Heating processes with continuous flows
  The ideal gas law
  Heat transfer mechanisms
  Heat conduction through layers
  Analysing and reporting measurements from laboratory work (measurement uncertainty, regression analysis)

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - Can carry out measurements according to instructions and correctly record measurements.
  - Can assess the uncertainty of a measured value.
  - Can calculate with propagation of errors.
  - Can write a report containing all the essential structural elements and present results in an understandable way.
  - Can calculate hydrostatic pressure.
  - Can use the continuity condition.
  - Can determine the nature of the flow (laminar/turbulent) in a pipe.
  - Understands central quantities and concepts in heat theory.
  - Can make simple calculations with heat expansion, gas laws, heat capacity and heat transport.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - Can plan measurements to obtain representative values.
  - Can systematically note measurements.
  - Can calculate uncertainties with regression analysis.
  - Can assess the relative impact of measurement uncertainties on the uncertainty of the end result.
  - Can write a report with correct formalism regarding units, notation, rounding, table structure and graphical presentation.
  - Can calculate forces on bodies in a fluid, both at rest and in relative motion.
  - Can do calorimetric calculations.
  - Can apply the ideal gas law to closed systems.
  - Can calculate heat transfer through flat walls.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - Can perform measurements efficiently and systematically.
  - Can plan the measurements and make corrections to determine the final results with good accuracy.
  - Can perform an uncertainty analysis by linearizing physical relationships.
  - Can write a report that is balanced, economical and virtually free from formal errors.
  - Can present the data and analysis process in a systematic and easy to read manner.
  - Can calculate the motion for a body falling though a fluid.
  - Can perform calorimetric calculations with phase transitions.
  - Can apply the ideal gas law to open systems.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Roger Nylund

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Kompendium och annat material delas på kurssidan (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Föreläsningar och övningar
  Laborationer med rapportering
  Inlämningsuppgifter (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Vitsordet baserar sig på labbrapporter, inlämningsuppgifter och tentamen. (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  30.08.2021 - 14.11.2021

  Enrollment date range

  11.06.2021 - 05.09.2021

  • 4 credits

  Group(s)

  • PRE20D-V

  Small group(s)

  • Group 1 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • Group 2 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Anders Skjäl

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Tentamen mot slutet av kursen
  Två omtagningsmöjligheter på specificerade allmänna omtagningstillfällen (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  108 h
  Närundervisning 38 h
  Laboratoriearbete 12 h
  Rapportering 16 h
  Inlämningsuppgifter 22 h
  Självstudier 20 h (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Uppnår inte kriterierna för vitsordet 1. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - Kan genomföra mätningar enligt anvisningar och korrekt notera uppmätta resultat.
  - Kan bedöma osäkerheten hos ett uppmätt värde.
  - Kan beräkna osäkerhetsprogression.
  - Kan skriva en rapport som innehåller alla väsentliga strukturella element och presentera resultat på ett förståeligt sätt.
  - Kan räkna hydrostatiskt tryck.
  - Kan använda kontinuitetsvillkoret.
  - Kan för rörströmning avgöra strömningens karaktär.
  - Förstår innebörden av centrala storheter och begrepp i värmeläran.
  - Kan göra enkla beräkningar med värmeutvidgning, gaslagar, värmekapacitet och värmetransport. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - Kan planera mätningar för att erhålla representativa och väl spridda värden.
  - Kan systematiskt notera uppmätta resultat.
  - Kan beräkna osäkerhet genom regressionsanalys.
  - Kan bedöma den relativa inverkan av mätosäkerheten hos olika uppmätta variabler på slutresultatets osäkerhet.
  - Kan skriva en rapport med huvudsakligen korrekt formalism gällande enheter, beteckningar, avrundning, tabellstruktur och grafisk presentation
  - Kan beräkna krafter på kroppar i en fluid både i vila och i relativ rörelse.
  - Kan göra kalorimetriska beräkningar.
  - Kan tillämpa idealgaslagen på slutna system.
  - Kan räkna värmegenomgång genom plan vägg. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - Kan effektivt och systematiskt utföra mätningar.
  - Kan planera dessa och vidta korrigerande åtgärder så att slutresultat med god noggrannhet erhålls.
  - Kan göra en osäkerhetsanalys genom att linearisera fysikaliska samband.
  - Kan skriva en rapport som är balanserad, ekonomisk och så gott som fri från formella fel.
  - Kan presentera data och analysprocessen på ett systematiskt och lättläst sätt.
  - Kan räkna fallrörelse för kropp i fluid.
  - Kan göra kalorimetriska beräkningar med fasövergångar.
  - Kan tillämpa idealgaslagen på öppna system. (not translated)

•   Industrial Automation Systems ELA18AU03-3002 06.09.2021-12.12.2021  6 credits  (ELA19D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The goal of the course is to give understanding for and skills in configuration and use of industrial automation systems. The course deals with the importance, function and application of automation systems in industrial processes, different systems types, system functionalities and principles for selecting systems. The course also deals with acquisition of automation systems from the perspective of both the user and the supplier, as well as the importance of creating usable systems.

  Prerequisites

  No requirements in advance

  Content of the study unit

  - industrial processes and their need for supervisory, control and automation systems
  - the configuration and functionality of the systems
  - system components and building blocks
  - system functions
  - system types
  - function and system requirement specifications
  - the interaction between man and system and process
  - usability
  - system configurations
  - selecting components and building blocks
  - practical assignments in project form

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Concerning functional and system requirements, knows the specifications and their importance.
  Concerning configuration and functionality of industrial automation systems, knows the the basic principles.
  Concerning parametrization and programming, knows the principles.
  Concerning usability, knows the principles.
  Concerning selection of components and building blocks for industrial automation systems, knws the principles for selecting equipment.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Concerning functional and system requirements, can make use of these specifications.
  Concerning configuration and functionality of industrial automation systems, understands and can make use of the functionality of the system components and building blocks.
  Concerning parametrization and programming, can make use of software program and set parameters for basic applications.
  Concerning usability, can make use of the principles for usability.
  Concerning selection of components and building blocks for industrial automation systems, knows how to select equipment for basic applications.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Concerning functional and system requirements, is able to create and write such requirements.
  Concerning configuration and functionality of industrial automation systems, is able to plan and configure the functionality of systems components and building blocks.
  Concerning parametrization and programming, is able to create software programs and decide parameters for advanced applications.
  Concerning usability, is able to utilize usability principles in design work.
  Concerning selection of components and building blocks for industrial automation systems, is able to plan and select equipment for advanced system applications.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning methods

  - Lectures
  - Exercises
  - Project work
  - Individual studies

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  - Competence in functional and system specifications
  - Competence in the structure and function of industrial automation systems
  - Competence in parameterization and programming of industrial automation systems
  - Competence in usability and user interface
  - Expertise in selecting components and building blocks for industrial automation systems

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  06.09.2021 - 12.12.2021

  Enrollment date range

  11.06.2021 - 06.09.2021

  • 6 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA19D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA19-V-A (Size: 38. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Joachim Böling

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Pass in exercises, project work, and examination

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Autumn 2021

  Student's schedule and workload

  160 working hours

  Assessment criteria

  - function and system specifications are unknown
  - lacks knowledge of the basic principles for the construction and operation of industrial automation systems
  - does not know the principles for parameterization and programming of industrial automation systems
  - lacks knowledge of usability and user interface
  - does not know the principles for selecting equipment for industrial automation systems

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - knows about functional and system specifications
  - knows the basic principles for the design and function of industrial automation systems
  - knows the principles for parameterization and programming of industrial automation systems
  - knows the principles of usability and user interface
  - knows the principles for the choice of equipment for industrial automation systems

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - understands the importance of functional and system specifications
  - can specify requirements for construction and function of industrial automation systems
  - can handle basic parametrization and can create programs for simple industrial automation systems
  - understands the importance of usability and user interface
  - is able to select equipment for simple industrial automation

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - considers functional and system specifications in planning and construction of more comprehensive industrial automation systems
  - can deploy and configure more extensive industrial automation systems
  - is capable of parameterization and can create programs for more extensive industrial automation systems
  - considers the principles of usability and user interface in planning and configuring more comprehensive industrial automation systems
  - is able to select equipment for more extensive industrial automation systems

•   Internet Technology ELA18GY08-3003 21.03.2022-01.05.2022  3 credits  (ÖH21ELALED-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student knows and can write code using web techniques HTML, CSS and JavaScript.
  The student can basically edit images for a web page with a raster graphics editor program and edit media i.e. audio and video for a web page.

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites.

  Content of the study unit

  Web Technology
  - basics about web technology
  - Notepad++ and Visual Studio Code web editors
  - html
  - css
  - javascript
  - xml and json
  Graphics editing with Adobe Photoshop
  Video editing with Adobe Premiere

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The student can create web pages that use html and simple css.
  The student understands the difference between back-end and front-end scripts.
  The student understands basic concepts in graphics editing and can perform simple graphics editing.
  The student knows the most common formats for media.
  The student can insert audio and video on a web page.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The student can create web pages that also use JavaScript.
  The student masters more advanced graphics editing.
  The student can produce simpler audio and video material for a web application.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The student can reuse code for websites.
  The student can use XML and DTD.
  The student can independently learn new techniques for solving graphics editing tasks.
  The student can use techniques for editing audio and video material.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  material på Moodle (not translated)

  Learning methods

  föreläsningar, datasalsövningar (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  godkänd tentamen 2/3
  godkänt grupparbete 1/3 (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  21.03.2022 - 01.05.2022

  Enrollment date range

  15.11.2021 - 21.03.2022

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ÖH21ELALED-V
  • ELA21D-V

  Small group(s)

  • Grupp A (Size: 35. Open university: 0.)
  • Grupp B (Size: 35. Open university: 0.)
  • Grupp C (Size: 35. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Susanne Österholm

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  godkänd tentamen
  godkänt grupparbete (not translated)

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  tentamen: maj 2022
  omtentamen 1: maj-juni 2022
  omtentamen 2: augusti-september 2022 (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  närundervisning ca 35 h, självständigt arbete och grupparbete ca 45 h (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Studeranden uppnår inte kunskaper som motsvarar vitsordet tillfredsställande. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Studeraden kan skapa enkla webbsidor med html, css och förstår vad som avses med skripts i JavaScript.
  Studeranden kan grundläggande redigera bilder med ett bildredigeringsprogram samt videon med ett videoredigeringsprogram. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Studeraden kan skapa webbsidor med html, css och JavaScript.
  Studeranden kan grundläggande redigera bilder med ett bildredigeringsprogram samt videon med ett videoredigeringsprogram.
  Studeranden förstår vad som avses med formaten XML och json. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Studeraden kan skapa hela webbplatser med html, css och JavaScript.
  Studeranden kan redigera bilder med ett bildredigeringsprogram samt videon med ett videoredigeringsprogram.
  Studeranden kan lagra data i formaten XML och json. (not translated)

•   Luminaries and Lighing Techniques ELA18EI02-3003 25.10.2021-12.12.2021  3 credits  (ELA19D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  Understand and be able to explain basic lighting concepts
  To know the structure and function of light fixtures.
  To be able to plan lighting for different purposes
  Knowing control principles for different types of lighting sources.
  To know and be able to apply the economic use of lighting.
  To know and be able to make basic measurements of illumination.
  To know about different requirements that are set for lighting intensity depending on the place of use.

  Prerequisites

  The basics of installation technology.

  Content of the study unit

  Lighting basic concepts
  Structure and function of light fixtures.
  Planning of lighting.
  Control principles for different types of lighting sources.
  Economical use of lighting.
  Measurement methods.
  Different requirements that are set for lighting intensity depending on the place of use.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Know the basics of lighting technology.
  Knows different ballasts.
  Knows the control principle for different lamp types.
  Knows measurement methods for measuring illuminance.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Understands the construction of light fixtures.
  Understand why different light sources require different ballasts.
  Can explain the control principles for different lamp types.
  Knows what lighting forces are required in different spaces.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Can plan indoor and outdoor lighting.
  Can use different ballasts.
  Understands the control principle so that economical use of lighting is possible.
  Can plan lighting according to the requirements with the help of computer programs

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Compendiums, degree projects and info from manufacturers of luminaries.
  Info and links are available in Moodle for the course.

  Learning methods

  Lectures, calculations, laboratory work and self-study.
  Information and study material are presented in Moodle for the course.

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Basis for the grade in the course is determined by the points in the course exam, the laboratory work and the reports. All parts must be passed in order to receive a final grade.

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  25.10.2021 - 12.12.2021

  Enrollment date range

  11.06.2021 - 25.10.2021

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA19D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA19-V-K (Size: 20. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Henrik Järveläinen

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Assessment of assignments, laboratory work, laboratory reports and theoretical tests.

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  The time for the joint exam and any extra exam is determined in agreement with the students during the course. Lessons in class and laboratory sessions according to the established schedule in Peppi. Laboratory reports are submitted within two weeks of each laboratory.

  Student's schedule and workload

  A total of 81 hours divided into lessons in class, laboratory sessions, self-study and preparation of laboratory reports.

  Assessment criteria

  Less than 30% of the total points or some part of the course work is missing.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Grade 1: 30 - 39% of the total points
  Grade 2: 40 - 57% of the total points

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Grade 3: 58 - 74% of the total points
  Grade 4: 75 - 91% of the total points

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Grade 5: 92 - 100% of the total points

•   Mechanics TKV18ME01-3014 04.10.2021-19.12.2021  5 credits  (ÖH21LALED-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The course teaches basic physics concepts such as power, torque, energy and momentum. The concepts are applied to bodies in motion and in equilibrium.

  Prerequisites

  Functions and Equations 1 (recommended)

  Content of the study unit

  Unit conversions, formulas
  Graphical descriptions of movement
  Velocity, acceleration
  Vectors in physics
  Curvilinear motion and normal acceleration
  Forces and Newton's laws
  Energy, work, the work-energy principle
  Power and efficiency
  Impulse and momentum
  Torques
  Center of mass
  Mechanical equilibrium
  Truss analysis

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - Can handle unit conversions and correct rounding of answers.
  - Can calculate the sought quantity from formulas.
  - Can determine components and add vectors.
  - Understands the meaning of central quantities and concepts in kinematics.
  - Can do standard calculations with motion in one dimension.
  - Can calculate centripetal acceleration.
  - Is familiar with different types of force and can draw free-body diagrams.
  - Can apply Newton's laws in one-dimensional situations.
  - Knows the different forms of mechanical energy.
  - Can calculate with mechanical energy, work, power and efficiency.
  - Can calculate impulse based on (t, F) diagram.
  - Can calculate with impulses and momenta.
  - Can determine the result of completely inelastic head-on collisions in one dimension.
  - Can calculate the center of mass for simple shapes.
  - Can calculate torques from one or more forces.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - Can calculate the sought quantity by combining several different formulas.
  - Can apply vector algebra to two-dimensional physical problems.
  - Can calculate with one-dimensional motion with varying speed.
  - Can perform simpler calculations with movement in two dimensions, such as uniform circular motion.
  - Can apply Newton's laws to simple two-dimensional situations such as inclined planes.
  - Can apply the energy principle when the mechanical energy is conserved.
  - Can determine the result of completely inelastic oblique collisions.
  - Can calculate the center of mass for combinations of simple shapes.
  - Can draw force diagrams and apply equilibrium conditions in two-dimensional situations.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - Can derive new formulas by combining formulas.
  - Can apply vector algebra to three-dimensional problems.
  - Can calculate with curved and tangentially accelerated motion in two dimensions.
  - Can apply Newton's laws in more demanding two- and three-dimensional situations, such as multi-body problems and superelevated curves.
  - Can apply the work-energy principle when non-mechanical energy forms and external work are involved.
  - Can determine the result of elastic head-on collisions in one dimension.
  - Can perform calculations involving both the energy principle and the law of conservation of momentum..
  - Can apply equilibrium conditions to two-dimensional problems with multiple bodies.
  - Can analyse flat trusses with the method of joints and the method of sections.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Leif Östman

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Dokument med teoriavsnitt och övningsuppgifter
  Kursbok (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Föreläsningar
  Räkneövningar
  Inlämningsuppgifter (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Inlämningsuppgifter
  Delförhör/Tentamen (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  04.10.2021 - 19.12.2021

  Enrollment date range

  11.06.2021 - 04.10.2021

  • 5 credits

  Group(s)

  • ÖH21LALED-V
  • BYL21D-V
  • BYS21D-V
  • ÖH21BYSLED-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Anders Skjäl

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Tre delförhör under kursen
  Två omtagningsmöjligheter på specificerade allmänna omtagningstillfällen (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  135 h
  Närundervisning 64 h
  Inlämningsuppgifter 46 h
  Självstudier 25 h (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Uppnår inte kriterierna för vitsordet 1. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - Kan göra enhetsomvandlingar och avrundningar.
  - Kan beräkna sökt storhet ur formler.
  - Kan bestämma komponenter och addera vektorer.
  - Förstår innebörden av centrala storheter och begrepp i kinematiken.
  - Kan göra standardberäkningar med rörelse i en dimension.
  - Kan beräkna centripetalacceleration
  - Känner till olika krafttyper och kan rita frikroppsdiagram.
  - Kan tillämpa Newtons lagar i endimensionella situationer.
  - Känner till de olika energiformerna.
  - Kan räkna med mekanisk energi, arbete, effekt och verkningsgrad.
  - Kan beräkna impuls utgående från (t,F)‐diagram.
  - Kan göra beräkningar med impuls och rörelsemängd.
  - Kan räkna raka, fullständigt oelastiska stötar.
  - Kan räkna tyngdpunkter för enkla geometrier.
  - Kan beräkna moment från en eller flera krafter. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - Kan beräkna sökt storhet genom att kombinera flera olika formler.
  - Kan tillämpa vektoralgebra på tvådimensionella fysikaliska problem.
  - Kan räkna endimensionell rörelse med icke‐likformigt varierande hastighet.
  - Kan göra enklare beräkningar med rörelse i två dimensioner så som likformig banrörelse.
  - Kan tillämpa Newtons lagar i enklare tvådimensionella situationer så som lutande plan.
  - Kan tillämpa energiprincipen när den mekaniska energin bevaras.
  - Kan räkna sneda, fullständigt oelastiska stötar.
  - Kan räkna tyngdpunkter för kombinationer av enkla geometrier.
  - Kan frilägga en kropp och tillämpa jämviktsvillkoren i tvådimensionella situationer. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - Kan härleda nya formler genom att symboliskt kombinera formler.
  - Kan tillämpa vektoralgebra på tredimensionella fysikaliska problem.
  - Kan göra beräkningar med krökt och tangentiellt accelererad rörelse i två dimensioner.
  - Kan tillämpa Newtons lagar i mer krävande två‐ och tredimensionella situationer, så som flerkroppsproblem och doserade kurvor.
  - Kan tillämpa energiprincipen när icke‐mekaniska energiformer och yttre arbeten är involverade.
  - Kan räkna raka stötar med studs.
  - Kan göra beräkningar där både energiprincipen och lagen om rörelsemängdens bevarande ingår.
  - Kan tillämpa jämviktsvillkoren i tvådimensionella problem med flera kroppar.
  - Kan räkna plana fackverk med knutpunktsmetoden och snittmetoden. (not translated)

•   Mechanics TKV18ME01-3015 04.10.2021-19.12.2021  5 credits  (ÖH21MAPLED-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The course teaches basic physics concepts such as power, torque, energy and momentum. The concepts are applied to bodies in motion and in equilibrium.

  Prerequisites

  Functions and Equations 1 (recommended)

  Content of the study unit

  Unit conversions, formulas
  Graphical descriptions of movement
  Velocity, acceleration
  Vectors in physics
  Curvilinear motion and normal acceleration
  Forces and Newton's laws
  Energy, work, the work-energy principle
  Power and efficiency
  Impulse and momentum
  Torques
  Center of mass
  Mechanical equilibrium
  Truss analysis

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - Can handle unit conversions and correct rounding of answers.
  - Can calculate the sought quantity from formulas.
  - Can determine components and add vectors.
  - Understands the meaning of central quantities and concepts in kinematics.
  - Can do standard calculations with motion in one dimension.
  - Can calculate centripetal acceleration.
  - Is familiar with different types of force and can draw free-body diagrams.
  - Can apply Newton's laws in one-dimensional situations.
  - Knows the different forms of mechanical energy.
  - Can calculate with mechanical energy, work, power and efficiency.
  - Can calculate impulse based on (t, F) diagram.
  - Can calculate with impulses and momenta.
  - Can determine the result of completely inelastic head-on collisions in one dimension.
  - Can calculate the center of mass for simple shapes.
  - Can calculate torques from one or more forces.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - Can calculate the sought quantity by combining several different formulas.
  - Can apply vector algebra to two-dimensional physical problems.
  - Can calculate with one-dimensional motion with varying speed.
  - Can perform simpler calculations with movement in two dimensions, such as uniform circular motion.
  - Can apply Newton's laws to simple two-dimensional situations such as inclined planes.
  - Can apply the energy principle when the mechanical energy is conserved.
  - Can determine the result of completely inelastic oblique collisions.
  - Can calculate the center of mass for combinations of simple shapes.
  - Can draw force diagrams and apply equilibrium conditions in two-dimensional situations.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - Can derive new formulas by combining formulas.
  - Can apply vector algebra to three-dimensional problems.
  - Can calculate with curved and tangentially accelerated motion in two dimensions.
  - Can apply Newton's laws in more demanding two- and three-dimensional situations, such as multi-body problems and superelevated curves.
  - Can apply the work-energy principle when non-mechanical energy forms and external work are involved.
  - Can determine the result of elastic head-on collisions in one dimension.
  - Can perform calculations involving both the energy principle and the law of conservation of momentum..
  - Can apply equilibrium conditions to two-dimensional problems with multiple bodies.
  - Can analyse flat trusses with the method of joints and the method of sections.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Kaj Rintanen

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Dokument med teoriavsnitt och övningsuppgifter
  Kursbok (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Föreläsningar
  Räkneövningar
  Inlämningsuppgifter (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Inlämningsuppgifter
  Delförhör/Tentamen (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  04.10.2021 - 19.12.2021

  Enrollment date range

  11.06.2021 - 04.10.2021

  • 5 credits

  Group(s)

  • ÖH21MAPLED-V
  • MAP21D-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Anders Skjäl

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Tre delförhör under kursen
  Två omtagningsmöjligheter på specificerade allmänna omtagningstillfällen (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  135 h
  Närundervisning 64 h
  Inlämningsuppgifter 46 h
  Självstudier 25 h (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Uppnår inte kriterierna för vitsordet 1. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - Kan göra enhetsomvandlingar och avrundningar.
  - Kan beräkna sökt storhet ur formler.
  - Kan bestämma komponenter och addera vektorer.
  - Förstår innebörden av centrala storheter och begrepp i kinematiken.
  - Kan göra standardberäkningar med rörelse i en dimension.
  - Kan beräkna centripetalacceleration
  - Känner till olika krafttyper och kan rita frikroppsdiagram.
  - Kan tillämpa Newtons lagar i endimensionella situationer.
  - Känner till de olika energiformerna.
  - Kan räkna med mekanisk energi, arbete, effekt och verkningsgrad.
  - Kan beräkna impuls utgående från (t,F)‐diagram.
  - Kan göra beräkningar med impuls och rörelsemängd.
  - Kan räkna raka, fullständigt oelastiska stötar.
  - Kan räkna tyngdpunkter för enkla geometrier.
  - Kan beräkna moment från en eller flera krafter. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - Kan beräkna sökt storhet genom att kombinera flera olika formler.
  - Kan tillämpa vektoralgebra på tvådimensionella fysikaliska problem.
  - Kan räkna endimensionell rörelse med icke‐likformigt varierande hastighet.
  - Kan göra enklare beräkningar med rörelse i två dimensioner så som likformig banrörelse.
  - Kan tillämpa Newtons lagar i enklare tvådimensionella situationer så som lutande plan.
  - Kan tillämpa energiprincipen när den mekaniska energin bevaras.
  - Kan räkna sneda, fullständigt oelastiska stötar.
  - Kan räkna tyngdpunkter för kombinationer av enkla geometrier.
  - Kan frilägga en kropp och tillämpa jämviktsvillkoren i tvådimensionella situationer. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - Kan härleda nya formler genom att symboliskt kombinera formler.
  - Kan tillämpa vektoralgebra på tredimensionella fysikaliska problem.
  - Kan göra beräkningar med krökt och tangentiellt accelererad rörelse i två dimensioner.
  - Kan tillämpa Newtons lagar i mer krävande två‐ och tredimensionella situationer, så som flerkroppsproblem och doserade kurvor.
  - Kan tillämpa energiprincipen när icke‐mekaniska energiformer och yttre arbeten är involverade.
  - Kan räkna raka stötar med studs.
  - Kan göra beräkningar där både energiprincipen och lagen om rörelsemängdens bevarande ingår.
  - Kan tillämpa jämviktsvillkoren i tvådimensionella problem med flera kroppar.
  - Kan räkna plana fackverk med knutpunktsmetoden och snittmetoden. (not translated)

•   Mechanics TKV18ME01-3017 03.01.2022-17.04.2022  5 credits  (ÖH21PRELED-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The course teaches basic physics concepts such as power, torque, energy and momentum. The concepts are applied to bodies in motion and in equilibrium.

  Prerequisites

  Functions and Equations 1 (recommended)

  Content of the study unit

  Unit conversions, formulas
  Graphical descriptions of movement
  Velocity, acceleration
  Vectors in physics
  Curvilinear motion and normal acceleration
  Forces and Newton's laws
  Energy, work, the work-energy principle
  Power and efficiency
  Impulse and momentum
  Torques
  Center of mass
  Mechanical equilibrium
  Truss analysis

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - Can handle unit conversions and correct rounding of answers.
  - Can calculate the sought quantity from formulas.
  - Can determine components and add vectors.
  - Understands the meaning of central quantities and concepts in kinematics.
  - Can do standard calculations with motion in one dimension.
  - Can calculate centripetal acceleration.
  - Is familiar with different types of force and can draw free-body diagrams.
  - Can apply Newton's laws in one-dimensional situations.
  - Knows the different forms of mechanical energy.
  - Can calculate with mechanical energy, work, power and efficiency.
  - Can calculate impulse based on (t, F) diagram.
  - Can calculate with impulses and momenta.
  - Can determine the result of completely inelastic head-on collisions in one dimension.
  - Can calculate the center of mass for simple shapes.
  - Can calculate torques from one or more forces.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - Can calculate the sought quantity by combining several different formulas.
  - Can apply vector algebra to two-dimensional physical problems.
  - Can calculate with one-dimensional motion with varying speed.
  - Can perform simpler calculations with movement in two dimensions, such as uniform circular motion.
  - Can apply Newton's laws to simple two-dimensional situations such as inclined planes.
  - Can apply the energy principle when the mechanical energy is conserved.
  - Can determine the result of completely inelastic oblique collisions.
  - Can calculate the center of mass for combinations of simple shapes.
  - Can draw force diagrams and apply equilibrium conditions in two-dimensional situations.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - Can derive new formulas by combining formulas.
  - Can apply vector algebra to three-dimensional problems.
  - Can calculate with curved and tangentially accelerated motion in two dimensions.
  - Can apply Newton's laws in more demanding two- and three-dimensional situations, such as multi-body problems and superelevated curves.
  - Can apply the work-energy principle when non-mechanical energy forms and external work are involved.
  - Can determine the result of elastic head-on collisions in one dimension.
  - Can perform calculations involving both the energy principle and the law of conservation of momentum..
  - Can apply equilibrium conditions to two-dimensional problems with multiple bodies.
  - Can analyse flat trusses with the method of joints and the method of sections.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Roger Nylund

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Dokument med teoriavsnitt och övningsuppgifter
  Kursbok (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Föreläsningar
  Räkneövningar
  Inlämningsuppgifter (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Inlämningsuppgifter
  Delförhör/Tentamen (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  03.01.2022 - 17.04.2022

  Enrollment date range

  01.10.2021 - 09.01.2022

  • 5 credits

  Group(s)

  • ÖH21PRELED-V
  • PRE21D-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Anders Skjäl

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Tre delförhör under kursen
  Två omtagningsmöjligheter på specificerade allmänna omtagningstillfällen (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  135 h
  Närundervisning 64 h
  Inlämningsuppgifter 46 h
  Självstudier 25 h (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Uppnår inte kriterierna för vitsordet 1. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - Kan göra enhetsomvandlingar och avrundningar.
  - Kan beräkna sökt storhet ur formler.
  - Kan bestämma komponenter och addera vektorer.
  - Förstår innebörden av centrala storheter och begrepp i kinematiken.
  - Kan göra standardberäkningar med rörelse i en dimension.
  - Kan beräkna centripetalacceleration
  - Känner till olika krafttyper och kan rita frikroppsdiagram.
  - Kan tillämpa Newtons lagar i endimensionella situationer.
  - Känner till de olika energiformerna.
  - Kan räkna med mekanisk energi, arbete, effekt och verkningsgrad.
  - Kan beräkna impuls utgående från (t,F)‐diagram.
  - Kan göra beräkningar med impuls och rörelsemängd.
  - Kan räkna raka, fullständigt oelastiska stötar.
  - Kan räkna tyngdpunkter för enkla geometrier.
  - Kan beräkna moment från en eller flera krafter. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - Kan beräkna sökt storhet genom att kombinera flera olika formler.
  - Kan tillämpa vektoralgebra på tvådimensionella fysikaliska problem.
  - Kan räkna endimensionell rörelse med icke‐likformigt varierande hastighet.
  - Kan göra enklare beräkningar med rörelse i två dimensioner så som likformig banrörelse.
  - Kan tillämpa Newtons lagar i enklare tvådimensionella situationer så som lutande plan.
  - Kan tillämpa energiprincipen när den mekaniska energin bevaras.
  - Kan räkna sneda, fullständigt oelastiska stötar.
  - Kan räkna tyngdpunkter för kombinationer av enkla geometrier.
  - Kan frilägga en kropp och tillämpa jämviktsvillkoren i tvådimensionella situationer. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - Kan härleda nya formler genom att symboliskt kombinera formler.
  - Kan tillämpa vektoralgebra på tredimensionella fysikaliska problem.
  - Kan göra beräkningar med krökt och tangentiellt accelererad rörelse i två dimensioner.
  - Kan tillämpa Newtons lagar i mer krävande två‐ och tredimensionella situationer, så som flerkroppsproblem och doserade kurvor.
  - Kan tillämpa energiprincipen när icke‐mekaniska energiformer och yttre arbeten är involverade.
  - Kan räkna raka stötar med studs.
  - Kan göra beräkningar där både energiprincipen och lagen om rörelsemängdens bevarande ingår.
  - Kan tillämpa jämviktsvillkoren i tvådimensionella problem med flera kroppar.
  - Kan räkna plana fackverk med knutpunktsmetoden och snittmetoden. (not translated)

•   Mechanics TKV18ME01-3018 03.01.2022-24.04.2022  5 credits  (ÖH21ELALED-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The course teaches basic physics concepts such as power, torque, energy and momentum. The concepts are applied to bodies in motion and in equilibrium.

  Prerequisites

  Functions and Equations 1 (recommended)

  Content of the study unit

  Unit conversions, formulas
  Graphical descriptions of movement
  Velocity, acceleration
  Vectors in physics
  Curvilinear motion and normal acceleration
  Forces and Newton's laws
  Energy, work, the work-energy principle
  Power and efficiency
  Impulse and momentum
  Torques
  Center of mass
  Mechanical equilibrium
  Truss analysis

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - Can handle unit conversions and correct rounding of answers.
  - Can calculate the sought quantity from formulas.
  - Can determine components and add vectors.
  - Understands the meaning of central quantities and concepts in kinematics.
  - Can do standard calculations with motion in one dimension.
  - Can calculate centripetal acceleration.
  - Is familiar with different types of force and can draw free-body diagrams.
  - Can apply Newton's laws in one-dimensional situations.
  - Knows the different forms of mechanical energy.
  - Can calculate with mechanical energy, work, power and efficiency.
  - Can calculate impulse based on (t, F) diagram.
  - Can calculate with impulses and momenta.
  - Can determine the result of completely inelastic head-on collisions in one dimension.
  - Can calculate the center of mass for simple shapes.
  - Can calculate torques from one or more forces.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - Can calculate the sought quantity by combining several different formulas.
  - Can apply vector algebra to two-dimensional physical problems.
  - Can calculate with one-dimensional motion with varying speed.
  - Can perform simpler calculations with movement in two dimensions, such as uniform circular motion.
  - Can apply Newton's laws to simple two-dimensional situations such as inclined planes.
  - Can apply the energy principle when the mechanical energy is conserved.
  - Can determine the result of completely inelastic oblique collisions.
  - Can calculate the center of mass for combinations of simple shapes.
  - Can draw force diagrams and apply equilibrium conditions in two-dimensional situations.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - Can derive new formulas by combining formulas.
  - Can apply vector algebra to three-dimensional problems.
  - Can calculate with curved and tangentially accelerated motion in two dimensions.
  - Can apply Newton's laws in more demanding two- and three-dimensional situations, such as multi-body problems and superelevated curves.
  - Can apply the work-energy principle when non-mechanical energy forms and external work are involved.
  - Can determine the result of elastic head-on collisions in one dimension.
  - Can perform calculations involving both the energy principle and the law of conservation of momentum..
  - Can apply equilibrium conditions to two-dimensional problems with multiple bodies.
  - Can analyse flat trusses with the method of joints and the method of sections.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Dokument med teoriavsnitt och övningsuppgifter
  Kursbok (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Föreläsningar
  Räkneövningar
  Inlämningsuppgifter (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Inlämningsuppgifter
  Delförhör/Tentamen (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  03.01.2022 - 24.04.2022

  Enrollment date range

  15.11.2021 - 09.01.2022

  • 5 credits

  Group(s)

  • ÖH21ELALED-V
  • ELA21D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA21-V-S (Size: 55. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA21-V-Y (Size: 55. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Anders Skjäl, Sofia Frilund

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Tre delförhör under kursen
  Två omtagningsmöjligheter på specificerade allmänna omtagningstillfällen (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  135 h
  Närundervisning 64 h
  Inlämningsuppgifter 46 h
  Självstudier 25 h (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Uppnår inte kriterierna för vitsordet 1. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - Kan göra enhetsomvandlingar och avrundningar.
  - Kan beräkna sökt storhet ur formler.
  - Kan bestämma komponenter och addera vektorer.
  - Förstår innebörden av centrala storheter och begrepp i kinematiken.
  - Kan göra standardberäkningar med rörelse i en dimension.
  - Kan beräkna centripetalacceleration
  - Känner till olika krafttyper och kan rita frikroppsdiagram.
  - Kan tillämpa Newtons lagar i endimensionella situationer.
  - Känner till de olika energiformerna.
  - Kan räkna med mekanisk energi, arbete, effekt och verkningsgrad.
  - Kan beräkna impuls utgående från (t,F)‐diagram.
  - Kan göra beräkningar med impuls och rörelsemängd.
  - Kan räkna raka, fullständigt oelastiska stötar.
  - Kan räkna tyngdpunkter för enkla geometrier.
  - Kan beräkna moment från en eller flera krafter. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - Kan beräkna sökt storhet genom att kombinera flera olika formler.
  - Kan tillämpa vektoralgebra på tvådimensionella fysikaliska problem.
  - Kan räkna endimensionell rörelse med icke‐likformigt varierande hastighet.
  - Kan göra enklare beräkningar med rörelse i två dimensioner så som likformig banrörelse.
  - Kan tillämpa Newtons lagar i enklare tvådimensionella situationer så som lutande plan.
  - Kan tillämpa energiprincipen när den mekaniska energin bevaras.
  - Kan räkna sneda, fullständigt oelastiska stötar.
  - Kan räkna tyngdpunkter för kombinationer av enkla geometrier.
  - Kan frilägga en kropp och tillämpa jämviktsvillkoren i tvådimensionella situationer. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - Kan härleda nya formler genom att symboliskt kombinera formler.
  - Kan tillämpa vektoralgebra på tredimensionella fysikaliska problem.
  - Kan göra beräkningar med krökt och tangentiellt accelererad rörelse i två dimensioner.
  - Kan tillämpa Newtons lagar i mer krävande två‐ och tredimensionella situationer, så som flerkroppsproblem och doserade kurvor.
  - Kan tillämpa energiprincipen när icke‐mekaniska energiformer och yttre arbeten är involverade.
  - Kan räkna raka stötar med studs.
  - Kan göra beräkningar där både energiprincipen och lagen om rörelsemängdens bevarande ingår.
  - Kan tillämpa jämviktsvillkoren i tvådimensionella problem med flera kroppar.
  - Kan räkna plana fackverk med knutpunktsmetoden och snittmetoden. (not translated)

•   Microcontroller Techniques ELA19EC05-3004 21.03.2022-01.05.2022  3 credits  (ELA20D-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The aim of the course is for the student to gain basic knowledge of the creation of microcontroller-controlled systems.

  Prerequisites

  Digital logic basics
  Practical Boolean control

  Content of the study unit

  The structure of the microprocontroller
  Low level programming at binary level and interrupt functions:
  - timer control
  - A/D conversion
  - communication

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Possesses basic knowledge of the microcontroller and its function and structure
  Possesses basic knowledge of low level programming in microcontroller environments

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Is well acquainted with the function and structure of microprocessors
  Have a good knowledge of how to program microcontroller-based systems
  Is well acquainted with the use of interrupted routines

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Has excellent insight into the function and structure of microprocessors
  Can independently make advanced applications for microcontroller-based systems
  Recognizes the importance of the reference documentation and possesses the ability to create functionality with its help
  Includes innovative solutions in the assignments

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  21.03.2022 - 01.05.2022

  Enrollment date range

  15.11.2021 - 21.03.2022

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA20D-V
  • ET21S-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA20-V-E (Size: 20. Open university: 0.)
  • ET21 (Size: 20. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Roger Mäntylä

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Microcontroller Technology ELA18AD02-3002 03.01.2022-10.04.2022  6 credits  (ELA19D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The aim of the course is for the student to gain knowledge of the creation of Microcontroller-controlled systems.

  Prerequisites

  Digitalteknik (Digital technology)
  Grunderna i programmering (Programming basics)

  Content of the study unit

  The structure of the microprocontroller
  Low level programming at binary level and interrupt functions:
  - timer control
  - A/D conversion
  - communication
  C programming and interrupt functions:
  - clock control
  - A/D conversion
  - communication
  - signal synthesis
  - analysis of signals

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Possesses basic knowledge of the microcontroller and its function and structure
  Possesses basic knowledge of low level and C programming in microcontroller environments

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Is well acquainted with the function and structure of microprocessors
  Have a good knowledge of how to program microcontroller-based systems
  Is well acquainted with the use of interrupted routines

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Has excellent insight into the function and structure of microprocessors
  Can independently make advanced applications for microcontroller-based systems
  Recognizes the importance of the reference documentation and possesses the ability to create functionality with its help
  Includes innovative solutions in the course portfolio

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  03.01.2022 - 10.04.2022

  Enrollment date range

  15.11.2021 - 09.01.2022

  • 6 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA19D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA19-V-A (Size: 20. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Roger Mäntylä

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Mobile Systems ELA18IK03-3001 06.09.2021-28.11.2021  4 credits  (ELA18D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  After passing the course, the student is expected to understand how to program mobile systems.

  Prerequisites

  All programming courses in grades 2-3.

  Content of the study unit

  - Javascript, HTML, CSS
  - Apache Cordova platforms
  - Distribution to Android and Apple based systems

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Knows what different mobile systems and application frameworks are available; can program simple solutions.
  Understand the concepts of security and distribution for mobile systems.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Can use different mobile systems and make them communicate with other systems. Able to plan and understand what special requirements and restrictions exist.
  Can plan and design solutions that are safe.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Can handle interprocess communication between different mobile systems and understands how to choose solutions based on needs.
  Can implement secure solutions that communicate with different servers.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  06.09.2021 - 28.11.2021

  Enrollment date range

  11.06.2021 - 06.09.2021

  • 4 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA18D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA18-V-I (Size: 20. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Kaj Wikman

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Modelling, Simulations and Optimization of Energy Systems ELA19ED02-3003 10.01.2022-01.05.2022  6 credits  (ELA20D-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  Students will learn relevant modelling and optimization skills and apply them to energy system planning problems.
  The course focuses on both theory and use of software.

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites.

  Content of the study unit

  - Modelling technical and economic considerations as optimization problems
  - Learning to model and solve certain types of optimization problems using software
  - Using Matlab, Excel and specialized software to perform calculations and present results

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  35% – 60% of course work and exam completed

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  60% – 85% of course work and exam completed

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  85% – 100% of course work and exam completed

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Shared documents with theory and exercises
  Software tutorial materials
  Course literature

  Learning methods

  Lectures
  Computer lab sessions
  Home assignments and small projects

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Homework assignments
  Project work
  Exam

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  10.01.2022 - 01.05.2022

  Enrollment date range

  15.11.2021 - 16.01.2022

  • 6 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA20D-V
  • ET21S-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA20-V-E (Size: 20. Open university: 0.)
  • ET21 (Size: 20. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Anders Skjäl

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  An exam scheduled during normal lecture hours towards the end of the course.

  Content scheduling

  Lectures 72 h
  Home assignments and projects 50 h
  Self studies 40 h

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  35% - 60% of course work and exam completed

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  60% - 85% of course work and exam completed

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  85% - 100% of course work and exam completed

•   Network Systems ELA18IK02-3001 25.10.2021-19.12.2021  3 credits  (ELA18D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  After passing the course, the student is expected to understand:
  - how a network-based system is constructed.
  - how to choose client / server software and hardware.
  - how to document and test the system.
  - how the software is designed
  - how data security is structured

  Prerequisites

  All programming courses.

  Content of the study unit

  - Definition of a network-based system
  - How to program network-based client and server systems.
  - Project documentation.
  - Testing the system.
  - Programming / Scripting
  - Cyber security

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Understanding of technical specifications.
  Create documentation of the work process and the roles of the team members.
  Basic knowledge of script programming.
  Installation and verification of software / hardware functioning.
  Ability to be responsible for certain tasks within a team.
  Understands on scripts and security aspects

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Installation and evaluation of Linux and Windows based client solutions.
  Use of network software.
  Detailed descriptions of individual technical solutions as part of an individual project.
  Script management in multiple operating systems.
  Create relevant test cases and execute them.
  Ability to plan the team's activities and work around any technical and administrative problems.
  Can create own scripts and programs that are secure

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Installation and evaluation of Linux and Windows based server solutions.
  Use of network hardware.
  Create documentation for an entire network, its services and describe the work that resulted in that network.
  Automated scripts.
  Create a test plan and utilize it in system development.
  Ability to support other team members.
  Manages to program applications that are network-aware and takes into account data security.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  25.10.2021 - 19.12.2021

  Enrollment date range

  11.06.2021 - 25.10.2021

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA18D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA18-V-I (Size: 20. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Kaj Wikman

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Networks ELA18GY13-3004 25.10.2021-19.12.2021  3 credits  (ELA20D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  After passing the course, the student is expected to understand the basic concepts of network technology.
  The student understands the network protocol and the communication model.

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites.

  Content of the study unit

  - Get to know a network.
  - Analyze a network using various tools.
  - Basic principles for network equipment.
  - Transmission and data transfer.
  - Protocol.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Know and understand the concepts of network and computer communication.
  Can identify the most common network components.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Can analyze networks and protocols.
  Knows how signals are transmitted via medium.
  Can perform basic network equipment configuration.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Can independently perform configuration and connection of network equipment at the advanced level.
  Understands and can define the structure of a network and its structure.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Moodle .
  Books belonging to the course:
  • The TCP/IP Guide V3 C.M.Kozierok (available in moodle) GUIDE

  Learning methods

  Lectures, practical tasks and eventually asessments

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  The review is done with an written exam and approved reports from the practical tasks.
  The final grade in the course is made up from the two parts, the written exam 70% and the reports 30%.

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  25.10.2021 - 19.12.2021

  Enrollment date range

  11.06.2021 - 25.10.2021

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA20D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA20-V-S1 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA20-V-S2 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA20-V-Y1 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA20-V-Y2 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Jan Berglund

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Written exam and approved lab reports

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Week 50

  Student's schedule and workload

  81h in total of which 16h is lectures and 16h is practical tasks.
  Lectures and practical tasks is given 2h/week for 8 weeks each.

  Assessment criteria

  Less than 33.3 % of maximum points

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Grade 1: 33,3 % - 47,2 % of maximum points.
  Grade 2: 47,3 % - 61,1 % of maximum points.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Grade 1: 61,2 % - 74,9 % of maximum points.
  Grade 2: 75,0 % - 88,8 % of maximum points.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  More than 88,8 % of total points.

•   Object Oriented Programming ELA18PR04-3003 03.01.2022-27.02.2022  3 credits  (ELA20D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student understands the principles of object oriented programming and can produce object oriented program code with:
  - classes and objects
  - static variables, methods and classes
  - inheritance
  - abstract classes
  - interfaces
  The student can handle data in different types of collections.

  Prerequisites

  The course Programming Basics.

  Content of the study unit

  Introduction to C # and .NET.
  Basic programming with C #:
  - Variables and constants.
  - Sequence, selection and iteration.
  - Functions.
  - Arrays.
  Object Oriented Code:
  - Classes and objects.
  - Inheritance.
  - Abstract classes.
  - Interfaces.
  - Collections.
  - Generics.
  Exceptions.
  File management, serialization.
  More about indexers, operator overloading. threads, attributes etc.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The student understands the difference between value types and reference types.
  The student understands the basic principle with object-oriented code and can encode simple classes, inheritances, interfaces, etc.
  The student can write simple code to handle data in any type of collection.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The student can create more advanced object-oriented code and handle exceptions.
  The student can write more advanced code to handle data in different types of generic collections.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The student can apply object-oriented programming to solve programming tasks.
  The student can independently choose the right type of collection as well as versatile use generic collections, methods and classes in code.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  material på Moodle (not translated)

  Learning methods

  föreläsningar, datasalsövningar (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  godkänd tentamen
  godkänd portfolio (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  03.01.2022 - 27.02.2022

  Enrollment date range

  15.11.2021 - 09.01.2022

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA20D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA20-V-I (Size: 20. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Susanne Österholm

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  godkänd tentamen
  godkänd portfolio över gjorda uppgifter (not translated)

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  tentamen mars 2022
  omtentamen 1 april 2022
  omtentamen 2 maj 2022 (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  närundervisning ca 35 h, eget arbete ca 45 h (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Studeranden uppnår inte kunskaper som motsvarar vitsordet tillfredsställande. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Studeranden kan grundläggande producera kod med programmeringsspråket C# som innefattar klasser och objekt.
  Studerande kan grundläggande producera kod som hanterar enklare samlingar av objekt. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Studerande kan producera kod med programmeringsspråket C# som innefattar klasser och objekt, arv och interfaces.
  Studeranden kan producera kod som hanterar olika typer av samlingar. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Studeranden kan producera avancerad kod med programmeringsspråket C# som innefattar klasser och objekt, arv och interfaces.
  Studeranden kan producera kod som mångsidigt hanterar olika typer av samlingar. (not translated)

•   Planning of Electrical Installations ELA18EI03-3003 06.09.2021-28.11.2021  6 credits  (ELA19D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  Understand and define general characteristics (maximum load and equalization of load, distribution system, electrical system compatibility, safety system)
  
  To know and be able to apply protection methods (base protection, fault protection, additional protection, protection against thermal influences, protection against overcurrent, design of protective devices, protection against overload, protection against short circuits, coordination of protection, protection against voltage disturbances and electromagnetic interference)
  
  To have a basic understanding of the choice of electrical equipment (protection classes, identification and documentation, management choices, different types of wiring, external influences, wiring loads, voltage drops, connections, minimization of fire spreads, coupling devices, protection devices, overcurrent protection, overcurrent protection, overvoltage protection, surge protection) and terminals, protective conductor design, potential equalization, earth electrodes, generator systems, capacitor systems, light fixtures, safety systems)
  
  Knowing and being able to perform checks (pre-commissioning checks, inspections, testing, maintenance checks)
  
  Know about requirements for installations in special areas (bathing and shower rooms, swimming pools, saunas, construction sites, agricultural and horticultural use, narrow conductive areas, camping areas, marinas, medical facilities, temporary facilities, furniture, lighting installations, outdoor, mobile or lighting installations in camping vehicles, supply of electric vehicles, distribution centers, heating systems)
  
  Complementary requirements for certain installations (distribution networks, repairs, alterations, expansion, electrical repair workshops, electrical laboratories, humid and wet spaces, spaces)

  Prerequisites

  The basics of installation technology.

  Content of the study unit

  Requirements relating to electrical installations (planning and ensuring the protection requirements).
  
  Definition of general characteristics (maximum load and equalization of load, distribution system, electrical system compatibility, safety system)
  
  Protection methods (base protection, fault protection, auxiliary protection, protection against thermal influences, protection against overcurrent, design of protective devices, protection against overload, protection against short circuits, coordination of protection, protection against voltage and electromagnetic interference)
  
  Selection and installation of electrical equipment (enclosure classes, identification and documentation, wiring choices, different types of wires, external influences, wiring load capacity, voltage drops, connections, minimization of fire spreads, coupling devices, protective devices, overcurrent protection, overvoltage protection, disconnection, disconnection, disconnection, disconnection, disconnection design of protective conductors, potential equalization, earth electrodes, generator systems, capacitor systems, light fixtures, safety systems)
  
  Controls (pre-commissioning inspections, inspections, testing, maintenance checks)
  
  Requirements for installations in special areas (bathing and shower rooms, swimming pools, saunas, construction sites, agricultural and horticulture, congested areas, camping areas, marinas, medical facilities, temporary facilities, furniture, outdoor lighting installations, mobile installations or mobile installations , supply of electric vehicles, distribution centers, heating systems)
  
  Complementary requirements for certain installations (distribution networks, repairs, alterations, expansion, electrical repair workshops, electrical laboratories, humid and wet spaces, spaces)

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Know the basics of electrical planning.
  Know rules for grouping and understands the difference between group management and path management.
  Understands the function of the earth fault switch.
  Master the switching schemes of the centers.
  Can do simple electrical planning and calculate material costs.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Can find suitable electrical material for electrical planning.
  Can consider fuse size, conductor area and short-circuit currents.
  Can use and connect earth fault switches in different applications.
  Can make up central schedules.
  Can electrically plan home houses and calculate material costs.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Can make specific material list and specify a price for used components.
  Can observe rules for grouping in different installations and understands the fuse release times.
  Understands the relationship between triggering time and contact voltage.
  Can draw circuit diagram for other equipment in the power plant and measurement of energy.
  Can do electrical planning for larger property and calculate material costs

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  SFS 6000
  Electrical Installation Handbook
  Info from Tukes
  Compendiums by the course coordinator
  Instructions for use and model exercises by software manufacturers
  
  All info regarding where and how to access literature and other information is presented in Moodle for the course.

  Learning methods

  Lectures, demonstrations, excercises and self-studies.
  Information and study material are presented in Moodle for the course.

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  The main basis for the grade in the course is determined by the points in the course tests.
  The course test consist of questions that are answered in writing and of calculations.
  The submissions must be made and is a condition for getting approved.

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  06.09.2021 - 28.11.2021

  Enrollment date range

  11.06.2021 - 06.09.2021

  • 6 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA19D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA19-V-K (Size: 20. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Henrik Järveläinen

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Assessment of theoretical tests and assignments.

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  The time for joint exams and any extra exams is determined in agreement with the students during the course. Classes in class according to the established schedule in Peppi.

  Student's schedule and workload

  A total of 162 hours divided into lessons in class, self-study and preparation of excercise reports.

  Assessment criteria

  Less than 30% of the total points in the tests and/or unsubmitted assignments.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Grade 1: 30 - 39% of the total points
  Grade 2: 40 - 57% of the total points

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Grade 3: 58 - 74% of the total points
  Grade 4: 75 - 91% of the total points

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Grade 5: 92 - 100% of the total points

•   Power Electronics ELA18SS01-3002 21.02.2022-01.05.2022  3 credits  (ELA19D-V) +-